11.12.2012 Views

PMP module book final.pdf - Blackboard - University of Leicester

PMP module book final.pdf - Blackboard - University of Leicester

PMP module book final.pdf - Blackboard - University of Leicester

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

PROFESSIONAL DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT<br />

School <strong>of</strong> Management<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project<br />

MN4507/D<br />

www.le.ac.uk/ulsm/


school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

MODULE MN4507/D<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />

Project


school <strong>of</strong> management


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional DiPloma in management<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project<br />

contents<br />

introduction to the <strong>module</strong> ....................................................................................... i<br />

structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> ............................................................................................ i<br />

learning outcomes ................................................................................................. iv<br />

how to approach this <strong>module</strong> ................................................................................. v<br />

Section 1: Research and the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project .....................1<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

introduction<br />

What is research?<br />

Why Do We ask You to Do a Project as Part <strong>of</strong> Your Diploma Programme?<br />

What should a Project include?<br />

What is a good Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project?<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 2: The Role <strong>of</strong> Existing Literature in Social Science Research ...........11<br />

introduction<br />

Why Do You need to Do a literature review?<br />

additional guidance on finding subject-specific literature<br />

Using the literature<br />

compiling a literature review<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 3: Formulating Research Questions ..................................................25<br />

introduction<br />

research topic versus research Questions<br />

What to think about in topic and Question selection<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 4: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods – A Selective Review ........33<br />

introduction<br />

Distinguishing Between Quantitative and Qualitative methods<br />

Quantitative methods<br />

Quantitative/Qualitative methods<br />

Qualitative methods


choosing a method<br />

a note about Using secondary Data<br />

and <strong>final</strong>ly …<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 5: Sampling, Design and Administration ..........................................51<br />

introduction<br />

sampling<br />

Designing research schedules<br />

Designing schedules for methods Using Direct Questions<br />

Designing self-administered Questionnaires and structured interview schedules<br />

Designing semi-structured and Unstructured interview schedules<br />

Designing observation schedules<br />

administering research schedules<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 6: Planning, Access and Ethics ..........................................................77<br />

introduction<br />

research Planning<br />

research access<br />

research ethics: the Basics<br />

maintaining confidentiality and anonymity<br />

tensions and ambiguities in research ethics<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 7: Analysing Quantitative Data .........................................................97<br />

introduction<br />

the terminology <strong>of</strong> statistics<br />

Descriptive Data<br />

representing Descriptive statistics<br />

statistical inference<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 8: Analysing Qualitative Data ..........................................................115<br />

introduction<br />

Data analysis in general: a Brief overview<br />

Deductive analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />

inductive analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />

content analysis<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


school t <strong>of</strong> management<br />

s<strong>of</strong>tware Packages and analysing Qualitative Data<br />

Presenting Qualitative Data<br />

some <strong>final</strong> Pointers on the analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Section 9: Writing Up Your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project ...................133<br />

introduction<br />

the importance <strong>of</strong> good Writing in Your Project, and how to achieve it<br />

some technical Pointers, or the ‘Dos’ and ‘Don’t’s’ <strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />

other sources <strong>of</strong> advice and information on Writing Your Project<br />

summary<br />

references<br />

Appendix 1: Doing a Theoretical Project .........................................................147<br />

Symbols Used in this Module<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

this <strong>module</strong> is supported by a companion text<strong>book</strong>. Details <strong>of</strong><br />

which chapters or parts <strong>of</strong> the text<strong>book</strong> you need to read in<br />

conjunction with each section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> are provided on<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong>. these are your key readings. You should complete the<br />

appropriate key reading where this symbol appears and directs you<br />

to <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />

the <strong>module</strong> also contains a series <strong>of</strong> tasks. these indicate<br />

opportunities for connecting <strong>module</strong> concepts with your own<br />

studies or practical organisational situations. again these will be<br />

provided on <strong>Blackboard</strong>. You should complete the appropriate task/s<br />

where this symbol appears and directs you to <strong>Blackboard</strong>.


school <strong>of</strong> management


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project<br />

Introduction to the Module<br />

Welcome to the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> for the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project, the last<br />

<strong>module</strong> in your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in management programme. congratulations<br />

on your progress so far!<br />

this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> 1 deals with what we call research methodology, because it is<br />

designed to assist you in undertaking independent research for the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

management Project (hereafter just ‘project’, or ‘<strong>PMP</strong>’), which is also the <strong>module</strong><br />

which carries the most credits in the Diploma programme – 30, to be precise! so<br />

what is research methodology? the straightforward answer is that it is an overall<br />

action plan for research. in the social sciences 2 , methodology is the logic or series<br />

<strong>of</strong> steps that connects a given set <strong>of</strong> research questions (uncertainties or gaps in<br />

our knowledge about the social world, about human behaviour) to the conclusions<br />

arrived at. it encompasses the selection <strong>of</strong> research methods, the design <strong>of</strong> data<br />

gathering instruments like interview schedules or self-administered questionnaire<br />

schedules, gaining access to the research site, sampling, research ethics and data<br />

analysis. academic standards exist on what constitutes good research. this <strong>module</strong><br />

is intended to assist you in familiarising yourself with these standards so you are able<br />

to justify your methodological choices to your assessors, gather meaningful, relevant,<br />

credible, trustworthy and plausible data which will answer your research questions<br />

and undertake your project research in an ethical way.<br />

not every aspect <strong>of</strong> this <strong>module</strong> will be relevant to every Diploma student when<br />

preparing their projects, as all projects are different. so you will have to decide for<br />

yourselves which bits you need for your own research. nonetheless, you should read<br />

the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> in its entirety, as well as completing the tasks where instructed to,<br />

in order to familiarise yourself with methodology as a subject area. this should help<br />

you to make the appropriate choices for your own PmP. in addition, please be aware<br />

that cross-references within and across the sections will be made as appropriate, and<br />

that material may be initially introduced and then developed in more detail at a later<br />

stage according to the structure <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> itself.<br />

1 as with the other <strong>module</strong>s, key terms appear in bold in this <strong>book</strong> when they<br />

are first used.<br />

2 Natural sciences study the behaviour <strong>of</strong> natural organisms like plants, animals,<br />

natural forces like gravity and natural elements like iron or silver – they include biology,<br />

physics and chemistry. the social sciences study human behaviour, and therefore<br />

management is a social science. Please also note that the term ‘management’ is used<br />

in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> as a generic term to refer to the collection <strong>of</strong> subjects, theories,<br />

techniques and concepts which you have studied during the previous six <strong>module</strong>s on<br />

the Diploma programme (whether these cover people’s behaviour at work, strategy<br />

formation and implementation, accounting, finance, marketing, statistics etc.).<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management i


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

there are many and varied methods, ways <strong>of</strong> gaining research access, sampling<br />

techniques, data analysis tools, ethical issues and debates and so on in the social<br />

sciences and it would be impossible to cover all <strong>of</strong> these here. instead we will be<br />

exploring issues related to the ones which, based on Ulsm experience, most students<br />

<strong>of</strong> management use or need to be aware <strong>of</strong>. for those <strong>of</strong> you who do not find the<br />

specific aspect <strong>of</strong> methodology which you are interested in covered here, this will be<br />

discussed in detail in a range <strong>of</strong> the available texts. Key reading is as usual stipulated<br />

for this <strong>module</strong> (more details below). You can also find references at the end <strong>of</strong> each<br />

section in this <strong>book</strong> and a suggested additional reading list on <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />

Structure <strong>of</strong> the Module<br />

the <strong>module</strong> consists <strong>of</strong> nine interrelated sections.<br />

section 1 <strong>of</strong>fers an introduction to research and the PmP. this section provides<br />

guidance on the nature <strong>of</strong> academic research and what Ulsm expects from Diploma<br />

students in their project submissions.<br />

section 2 discusses the role <strong>of</strong> a literature review in research. it also <strong>of</strong>fers advice on<br />

how best to develop your literature review.<br />

section 3 covers the formulation <strong>of</strong> research questions. it outlines the various things<br />

you need to bear in mind when choosing and refining your area <strong>of</strong> academic interest<br />

and your research questions, so that you can work towards identifying clear questions<br />

as well as identifying plausible reasons as to why these questions are important.<br />

section 4 discusses research methods. this section provides an overview <strong>of</strong> the ones<br />

most students <strong>of</strong> management use, as well as <strong>of</strong>fering advice on how to choose a<br />

method(/s).<br />

section 5 covers sampling for, designing and administering research schedules.<br />

in this section we discuss how to select your respondents (sampling) and how to<br />

design your interview or questionnaire or observation schedule. We also <strong>of</strong>fer some<br />

tips on how to conduct the data gathering itself, depending on which method you<br />

choose (research administration).<br />

section 6 discusses how best to manage your time when doing research (planning),<br />

and also covers the sometimes challenging issue <strong>of</strong> obtaining research access (actually<br />

getting into an organisation, for example, to collect data). the last issue in this section<br />

is research ethics, which we take very seriously indeed. You need to do the same!<br />

section 7 is an overview <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> quantitative data. here we identify the<br />

different types <strong>of</strong> statistics and different types <strong>of</strong> quantitative data. We also discuss<br />

various ways in which quantitative data can be measured, and cover some key<br />

techniques for representing descriptive statistics in graphical form and in numerical<br />

form. <strong>final</strong>ly this section discusses the role <strong>of</strong> inference in statistical analysis<br />

ii school <strong>of</strong> management


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

section 8 is an overview <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data. Qualitative data are<br />

expressed in words, and usually collected in response to open questions or a nonstructured<br />

observation schedule. they are <strong>of</strong>ten considered to provide a more indepth<br />

and richer account <strong>of</strong> a research site. this section discusses some <strong>of</strong> the choices<br />

available when analysing qualitative data, and some <strong>of</strong> the key issues to bear in mind.<br />

section 9 discusses the writing up <strong>of</strong> your project. since the mark you receive for the<br />

project depends entirely on your written submission, this section <strong>of</strong>fers help on how<br />

to produce the best piece <strong>of</strong> writing you can in this regard.<br />

as many examples as possible will be given to illustrate how the issues raised are<br />

visible in real-life social science/management research. the <strong>module</strong> is arranged in a<br />

logical order according to how research is usually carried out in practice. it is therefore<br />

sensible to begin at the beginning and read all the way through to develop a gradual<br />

awareness <strong>of</strong> the process <strong>of</strong> academic research and the tasks involved.<br />

methodology as understood here, then, has to do with the practicalities <strong>of</strong> putting<br />

together an empirical piece <strong>of</strong> research. ‘empirical’ comes from the greek empeiria,<br />

meaning “knowledge based on experience and observation” (gummesson 2000:64).<br />

in the social sciences, it refers to research which uses real-world data, which bases its<br />

conclusions on findings about people’s actual behaviour and activities, as opposed to<br />

engaging in abstract theorising, reflection and conceptualisation. in practice though<br />

it is not always easy to draw the line between empirical projects (which can involve the<br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> secondary data – which someone else has collected – as well as primary<br />

data – which the researcher collects themselves) and what are sometimes referred to<br />

as theoretical, library or desk-based projects, where the researcher focuses on an<br />

evaluation or synthesis (bringing together) <strong>of</strong> the existing literature in a particular<br />

subject area/s. this is because theoretical projects <strong>of</strong>ten involve the analysis <strong>of</strong> existing<br />

empirical studies – and thus the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data. and we should not forget<br />

that the analysis <strong>of</strong> any form <strong>of</strong> data, whether primary or secondary, should always<br />

involve reference to existing concepts and theories – so empirical projects also need<br />

to make considerable use <strong>of</strong> theory!<br />

in this <strong>book</strong>, however, we will focus on primary empirical research for the following<br />

reasons:<br />

a) again, Ulsm experience shows that the majority <strong>of</strong> students <strong>of</strong> management<br />

undertake empirical studies for their projects, dissertations or theses, usually<br />

involving the collection <strong>of</strong> primary data <strong>of</strong> some sort;<br />

b) even if you choose to engage in a ‘pure’ library project or to analyse secondary<br />

data only for your project, you may well be asked to conduct primary empirical<br />

research in the future, either as part <strong>of</strong> future academic study or in your<br />

working life;<br />

c) a grounding in primary empirical research methodology is always helpful in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> evaluating claims made by others on the basis <strong>of</strong> their data-gathering<br />

activities (i.e., in terms <strong>of</strong> evaluating published management research); and<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management iii


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

d) it is impossible to cover the full range <strong>of</strong> available methodologies, as already<br />

suggested, in a <strong>module</strong> like this.<br />

moreover, many <strong>of</strong> the issues (e.g., developing a literature review, formulating<br />

research questions, data analysis and writing up your project) that we discuss during<br />

the <strong>module</strong> will in any case be directly relevant to those doing more theoretical<br />

projects and/or projects involving the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data. however, Appendix 1<br />

<strong>of</strong>fers some guidance to those <strong>of</strong> you who choose to do a theoretical project.<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

this <strong>module</strong>, as already suggested, will not tell you all you need to know about your<br />

own project research – so it is essential that you do as much independent reading as<br />

possible. You will also need to read a wide range <strong>of</strong> the subject-specific literature <strong>of</strong><br />

course – i.e., published research on your area <strong>of</strong> interest, whether it is organisational<br />

structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership,<br />

stress, productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever else.<br />

moreover, a familiarity with the methodological literature beyond the key readings<br />

prescribed here will only enhance the decisions that you make in this regard for your<br />

project, and the finished product itself.<br />

Please also be aware that terminology in the area <strong>of</strong> research methodology, like many<br />

other areas <strong>of</strong> the study <strong>of</strong> management, is not used consistently. so authors might<br />

use different terms to describe the same thing or (even more confusingly) the same<br />

term to describe different things. Be aware <strong>of</strong> this when you are reading this <strong>book</strong><br />

and the relevant texts.<br />

more formally, at the end <strong>of</strong> this <strong>module</strong>, typical students should be able to:<br />

1. formulate and undertake a piece <strong>of</strong> original research with relevance to<br />

contemporary management issues and problems<br />

2. integrate and interrelate concepts, techniques and skills acquired throughout<br />

the course <strong>of</strong> the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma programme<br />

3. demonstrate an appreciation <strong>of</strong> relevant existing research and theoretical<br />

perspectives relating to the project topic<br />

4. develop and apply analytical and communication skills needed to accomplish<br />

the project process.<br />

iV school <strong>of</strong> management


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

How to Approach This Module<br />

in designing and writing this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, we are aware that students will approach<br />

their PmP from a range <strong>of</strong> different backgrounds and will bring to this research a<br />

varied assortment <strong>of</strong> prior knowledge and expectations.<br />

to help you to realise the learning outcomes, and as with previous <strong>module</strong>s on the<br />

Diploma programme, this <strong>module</strong> comprises the following components:<br />

1. this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong><br />

2. the companion text<strong>book</strong><br />

3. the virtual learning environment (<strong>Blackboard</strong>).<br />

to successfully navigate the <strong>module</strong> and to get a thorough grasp on the subject<br />

matter you will need to use the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, companion text<strong>book</strong> and <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />

as suggested above, this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> provides guidance on: what research is and<br />

what we expect <strong>of</strong> your PmP; the functions <strong>of</strong> a literature review in research and<br />

how to compile one; the development <strong>of</strong> appropriate research questions; the choice<br />

<strong>of</strong> a research method; sampling, schedule design and administration; the analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> quantitative and qualitative data; and writing up the PmP. the authors are Ulsm<br />

academics with considerable experience <strong>of</strong> supervising management students and<br />

conducting their own research,<br />

to reiterate, you should work through the <strong>book</strong> in order. as you do so, you should try<br />

to think about the information and advice it <strong>of</strong>fers in relation to the kind <strong>of</strong> project<br />

you would like to do. as well as all sorts <strong>of</strong> examples from real research projects, the<br />

<strong>book</strong> also includes some thinking points which ask you to reflect on a particular<br />

section <strong>of</strong> content using some stimulus material.<br />

further, the <strong>module</strong> is supported by a companion text<strong>book</strong>. all key readings from this<br />

text, which is provided, are indicated on the <strong>Blackboard</strong> site for this <strong>module</strong>. <strong>Blackboard</strong><br />

also contains some suggested additional readings. again as already stated, a list <strong>of</strong><br />

references for the material that has been used to compile the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> will be<br />

provided at the end <strong>of</strong> each section here. You might also want to consult these for<br />

further reading. as ever, you will find that there is more additional reading available<br />

with this <strong>module</strong> than you can feasibly read, so you will need to be selective in your<br />

choice <strong>of</strong> extra reading. Please also do not feel restricted to the readings suggested<br />

– reading around the subject area is encouraged. if you do find readings that you<br />

feel others would benefit from, please share them on <strong>Blackboard</strong> by providing the<br />

hyperlink and/or citation.<br />

and so to the <strong>module</strong> <strong>Blackboard</strong> site. in addition to additional readings, the site<br />

features tasks for each section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> in order to develop your understanding<br />

<strong>of</strong> how to do academic research. You will also find streamed lectures, links to relevant<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management v


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

websites and several support forums there. the support forums – which are divided<br />

by subject area – allow you to discuss the tasks in this <strong>module</strong> with others who are<br />

progressing through the <strong>module</strong> at the same rate as you are. also, and importantly,<br />

the tutor on the support forum for the subject area you choose to research also acts<br />

as your project supervisor. You should therefore make use <strong>of</strong> this forum as much as<br />

you can to make sure you are going in the right direction. the <strong>Blackboard</strong> site also<br />

contains the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project Guidelines, which you should read<br />

in full. these guidelines cover issues such as what to expect from the supervision via<br />

the support forum, how to format your project and so on.<br />

<strong>final</strong>ly, all the references and Urls in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> were correct at the time<br />

<strong>of</strong> going to press. We will provide any updates <strong>of</strong> which we become aware on the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

References<br />

the following are the sources which were used to compile this section. chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

gummesson, e. (2000) Qualitative Methods in Management Research 2 nd edition<br />

thousand oaks, california: sage chapter 3.<br />

vi school <strong>of</strong> management


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 1<br />

Research and the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Management Project


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 1<br />

Research and the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Management Project<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>, you will be able to:<br />

• define what research means in an academic context<br />

• understand why we ask you to conduct your own research project<br />

as a mandatory part <strong>of</strong> the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management<br />

• identify the key components <strong>of</strong> a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />

Project<br />

• outline the features <strong>of</strong> what ULSM considers to be a good project.<br />

Introduction<br />

As established, this <strong>module</strong> is intended to support you in the process <strong>of</strong> putting<br />

together your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project. This independent research project is<br />

a mandatory part <strong>of</strong> your Diploma programme. As we stated in the introduction, it is<br />

also a particularly crucial part <strong>of</strong> this programme, as it gains you 30 credits out <strong>of</strong> a<br />

total <strong>of</strong> 120! So let’s begin with a consideration <strong>of</strong> what the term ‘research’ means.<br />

What is Research?<br />

Williams and May (1996:7) suggest that “Research may be characterized as methodical<br />

investigations into a subject or problem. To ‘research’ is to seek answers that involve<br />

understanding and explanation.” In other words, research is about answering<br />

questions, seeking answers to things we are not sure about, clearing up gaps in the<br />

breadth or certainty <strong>of</strong> our knowledge about the social world. The term ‘research’<br />

actually implies uncertainty – re-search – look again. Research is usually not just<br />

descriptive – i.e., it doesn’t just seek to provide an accurate portrayal <strong>of</strong> what is<br />

going on in a specific situation. Instead it tends to be explanatory – that is, looking<br />

for reasons as to why particular things are happening, aiming to establish what the<br />

cause and effect relationships are in this specific situation. Or it can be exploratory<br />

– seeking insights into or asking questions about unfamiliar or complex situations, or<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 1


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

trying to see a situation from a different, unconventional point <strong>of</strong> view. So analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> research data usually produces insights, explanations, relationships, comparisons,<br />

predictions or theories.<br />

Equally, “Much enquiry in the real world is essentially some form <strong>of</strong> evaluation”<br />

(Robson 2002:6). So empirical research tends to try to understand what is going on<br />

in the ‘real world’ and why, but also to make a judgement about it. Management<br />

research especially is <strong>of</strong>ten directed at solving a particular organisational problem,<br />

or improving organisational processes in specific ways. As such the knowledge<br />

that derives from this research is applied to the ‘real world’. For you as students<br />

<strong>of</strong> management, then, the emphasis <strong>of</strong> your project may well be on identifying a<br />

management or business problem, formulating solutions and generating appropriate<br />

and acceptable recommendations for action. however, as we have seen, it is also<br />

possible to undertake a more theoretical piece <strong>of</strong> work that focuses in detail on an<br />

issue in management thought.<br />

But why do you have to do your own independent research project in order to gain<br />

a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management qualification from the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />

School <strong>of</strong> Management?<br />

Why Do We Ask You To Do a Project as Part <strong>of</strong><br />

Your Diploma Programme?<br />

There are many reasons for asking you to do project research. First, we believe that<br />

undertaking this kind <strong>of</strong> project sharpens your information gathering, critical and<br />

analytical skills. Second, it enhances your subject-specific knowledge. Note that this<br />

is not just for academic reasons – in other words, we don’t believe that you should<br />

know more about specific management subjects just for knowledge’s sake. Instead we<br />

believe – as we hope has become obvious by now! – that better awareness <strong>of</strong> debates<br />

and issues in academic literature about management will assist you to underpin your<br />

work practice with solid reasoning and informed reflection, and therefore improve<br />

this practice. Project research also <strong>of</strong>ten requires you to relate academic theories and<br />

concepts to real-world data and real-world problems. In other words, a project may<br />

well allow you to identify the gaps between management theory and management<br />

practice and suggest why these gaps exist – is it the practice which is problematic or<br />

the theory, or a mixture <strong>of</strong> both? This may also challenge your preconceptions about<br />

effective management practice.<br />

Fourth, undertaking a project means that you have to identify significant issues and<br />

themes yourself – finding, sorting through and organising a large body <strong>of</strong> academic<br />

literature and, in all likelihood, empirical data to pull out what the important issues<br />

and themes are in terms <strong>of</strong> your research questions. Project research also develops<br />

your interpersonal/transferable skills – including oral and written communication,<br />

negotiation, problem solving, time management, self-motivation and creativity. And,<br />

<strong>final</strong>ly, you have to take responsibility for the whole process. Doing a project means<br />

that you make the choices from start to finish – you set the question/s, organise the<br />

2 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

process, decide on the relevant literature, consider and design your methodology,<br />

gather the data and reach your own conclusions based on the analysis. The project is<br />

therefore unique as regards your Diploma studies, as ULSM tutors set the questions<br />

and the structure for all the other pieces <strong>of</strong> assessed work that you do.<br />

OK, so we know now what research is, and why we ask you to do independent<br />

research as a significant aspect <strong>of</strong> your Diploma programme. But what does a <strong>PMP</strong><br />

look like?<br />

What Should a Project Include?<br />

Your project may not necessarily be organised in the following way because every<br />

project is different but for empirical projects all these components need to be<br />

present. Please also note the ULSM administrative requirements in your Project<br />

Guidelines on <strong>Blackboard</strong> – e.g., regarding the title page, the contents page/s, the<br />

acknowledgements, the overall format <strong>of</strong> the project and so on.<br />

Executive Summary/Abstract<br />

This should be no more than one side <strong>of</strong> A4 in length. It is a self-contained summary <strong>of</strong><br />

the whole <strong>of</strong> the project. It should contain information about your research questions<br />

and why these are important; the terms <strong>of</strong> reference <strong>of</strong> the project (e.g., how you<br />

are defining certain key concepts or the parameters <strong>of</strong> the project); information about<br />

the subject-specific literature you have used; information about how you answered<br />

your research questions (i.e., your methodology and your data analysis, if relevant); as<br />

well as a summary <strong>of</strong> your conclusions, recommendations and action plan (if any).<br />

See Saunders et al. (2009:532–533) for extra advice. Even though it appears first,<br />

you should write the executive summary last <strong>of</strong> all, so that it actually represents the<br />

contents <strong>of</strong> the project!<br />

Introduction<br />

The introduction is effectively an extended executive summary and should include<br />

details <strong>of</strong> your research questions and why they are significant, your terms <strong>of</strong> reference,<br />

the sources <strong>of</strong> information on which the project is based and how this information<br />

was collected. The introduction sets the scene and puts the whole enquiry into its<br />

proper context. We suggest that you structure it as follows – begin with a clear<br />

definition and justification <strong>of</strong> the research questions you are investigating, including<br />

a statement <strong>of</strong> the management issues involved. You may also wish to acknowledge<br />

the ways in which these questions changed as the project evolved, if relevant. The<br />

introduction should then provide an overview <strong>of</strong> the project as a whole, chapter<br />

by chapter. Again, even though it forms an early section in the finished product, it<br />

should be written at the end, for the reasons outlined above.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 3


Literature Review<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

This chapter outlines the academic context <strong>of</strong> your project and establishes how your<br />

research adds to or extends what is already known about the topic. That is to say, it<br />

reviews the existing research in the area – on organisational structure, organisational<br />

culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee<br />

motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever – identifying the key themes<br />

and debates, but also identifying the gaps and omissions which your research will<br />

address. More details <strong>of</strong> the literature review follow in Section 2.<br />

Methodology<br />

This chapter <strong>of</strong> the project gives details <strong>of</strong> your data gathering. As already suggested,<br />

empirical data can be primary – you collect it yourself, for example via questionnaire<br />

or interview. The methodological information we require about any primary data<br />

gathering is as follows:<br />

• discussion <strong>of</strong> the research method you have chosen and why;<br />

• discussion <strong>of</strong> your sample (size and type) and why you chose this size and<br />

type <strong>of</strong> sample;<br />

• discussion <strong>of</strong> how you negotiated access (if relevant) and why you chose this<br />

approach;<br />

• discussion <strong>of</strong> the design <strong>of</strong> your schedule and why you did it that way;<br />

• discussion <strong>of</strong> your pilot test;<br />

• discussion <strong>of</strong> your chosen channel and why you selected it;<br />

• and discussion <strong>of</strong> what happened when you actually did the data gathering.<br />

All these issues are covered in more depth in Sections 4–6.<br />

But empirical data can also be secondary – i.e., already in existence, collected by<br />

someone else. So secondary data can come from published academic research,<br />

government surveys, organisations’ personnel records, shareholder reports,<br />

newspaper articles and so on. Methodological information needed here would<br />

include discussion <strong>of</strong> your data source(/s), including the time period it covers, and<br />

why you chose it; discussion <strong>of</strong> how you used this source(/s) and why; and discussion<br />

<strong>of</strong> any relevant issues that occurred while you were accessing and using these data.<br />

Any methodology chapter should also end by discussing the problems that you faced<br />

during this stage <strong>of</strong> the project and whether you were able to resolve them; i.e.,<br />

the limitations <strong>of</strong> the methodology and their implications. You will return to these<br />

issues in your reflections section. It is also important here, as the above discussion<br />

4 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

indicates, to justify the methodological decisions that you have made throughout<br />

this chapter.<br />

Data Analysis<br />

This chapter should tell the examiners how you did your data analysis, what it shows<br />

us and how this relates to your research questions and the existing academic literature<br />

on the subject. More details follow in Sections 7 and 8.<br />

Conclusions/Reflections/Recommendations<br />

This chapter draws the project together. You should restate your research questions<br />

here and summarise the answers to them: these are your conclusions. These<br />

conclusions must be drawn from the body <strong>of</strong> evidence presented in the main chapters<br />

<strong>of</strong> the project. They should all flow clearly from the preceding analysis. This section<br />

also needs to identify any problems or opportunities which you have discovered as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> your analysis and which will form the basis <strong>of</strong> your recommendations.<br />

In your recommendations you should suggest ways <strong>of</strong> addressing the problems or<br />

opportunities discussed in the foregoing analysis. The recommendations chapter might<br />

also include the benefits <strong>of</strong> implementing these suggestions but also the resources<br />

entailed, the action plan/programme <strong>of</strong> work that would be needed and how long it<br />

would take. Again the recommendations should be derived from your conclusions.<br />

You need to be realistic about the extent to which the scope and approach <strong>of</strong> your<br />

research allow for firm recommendations to be made, as well as acknowledging any<br />

limitations or need for further research in this regard. Please also note that your<br />

project is not a management report or a piece <strong>of</strong> consultancy. In other words,<br />

despite the emphasis that we have placed above on its being practically relevant, we<br />

do not want you only to provide managerial advice. The project should also have clear<br />

hallmarks <strong>of</strong> academic rigour, <strong>of</strong>fer potentially generalisable conceptual insights<br />

and add to or extend the published academic research on the topic in question.<br />

Your reflections section consists <strong>of</strong> an overall evaluation <strong>of</strong> the project – its strengths<br />

and weaknesses, constraints encountered during the process <strong>of</strong> putting it together<br />

and how these were dealt with if appropriate. We would also expect you to reflect<br />

further on how effective your methodological approach was and to comment on the<br />

managerial and academic competencies you have developed as a result <strong>of</strong> writing<br />

the project. The following questions may be useful in structuring this section:<br />

• Were your project questions well defined? Did you actually answer them?<br />

• Did the research outcomes match your initial expectations?<br />

• Did you do a good job <strong>of</strong> planning and undertaking the research overall?<br />

what went well? What should you have done differently?<br />

• What will you take away from the project process into your management<br />

career and/or any future studies?<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 5


References/Bibliography and Appendices<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

References/bibliography is self-explanatory, but we do require you to provide a<br />

full list <strong>of</strong> all the sources you drew on for the project – subject-specific literature,<br />

research methodology literature and secondary data sources. You should include<br />

Internet sources here as well. See your Programme hand<strong>book</strong> and the Foundations<br />

<strong>of</strong> Management <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> to refresh your memory on how to reference properly.<br />

Appendices include information which is necessary to the project but would spoil<br />

its flow or structure if included in the main body. Examples might be a clean version<br />

<strong>of</strong> your questionnaire or interview schedule, the letter you wrote requesting research<br />

access, detailed tables <strong>of</strong> statistics or graphs relating to your data analysis and so on.<br />

Do not append raw data (e.g., completed questionnaires or transcripts <strong>of</strong> interviews)<br />

here. These should simply be retained in a safe place until your <strong>PMP</strong> mark has been<br />

confirmed, for reasons discussed in Section 6. At this point the data can be destroyed,<br />

if you see fit.<br />

What is a Good Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management Project?<br />

To expand a little on the basic structure <strong>of</strong> an empirical project as outlined above, we<br />

are <strong>of</strong>ten asked what constitutes a good project. Well, the answer is one that …<br />

a) focuses on a contemporary topic which is <strong>of</strong> practical relevance and personal<br />

interest to the student. Personal interest in the topic is really important<br />

because it keeps you motivated and also means that your enthusiasm shines<br />

through in the finished product;<br />

b) clearly explains and defends research questions – i.e., you tell us exactly<br />

what it is you want to find out about your research topic, and you also tell<br />

us why these questions are interesting. Ideally, your defence should be a<br />

combination <strong>of</strong> there being gaps in the existing academic literature, <strong>of</strong> your<br />

own personal interest in the topic/questions and <strong>of</strong> current management and<br />

academic interest in the topic/questions. See Section 3 for more discussion <strong>of</strong><br />

these issues;<br />

c) critically reviews as wide a range <strong>of</strong> subject-specific literature as possible<br />

and makes its academic contribution clear. Contribution is something we<br />

expand on as this <strong>book</strong> progresses, but for now it suffices to say that we<br />

prefer student research projects to add something to the existing literature<br />

on organisational structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing,<br />

charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee motivation, supply<br />

chain, auditing … or whatever you are studying. In other words, a good<br />

project doesn’t just rehearse or repeat things that we already know. More on<br />

this in Section 2;<br />

6 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

d) contains a well defended and appropriate methodology. This chapter<br />

therefore needs to demonstrate all the methodological choices you have<br />

made but also provide a robust justification for these choices;<br />

e) clearly and coherently presents and analyses data. More to follow on this<br />

in Sections 7 and 8, but for now it is important to state that data analysis<br />

isn’t just about describing the data – i.e., identifying their main themes and<br />

patterns. It also requires that you analyse/interpret your data – i.e., tell<br />

the assessors what these themes and patterns suggest about your research<br />

questions and the existing literature in the subject area;<br />

f) provides conclusions that follow from the data analysis and feasible<br />

recommendations that follow from the conclusions. In other words, avoid<br />

the temptation to conclude or make recommendations on the basis <strong>of</strong> what<br />

you think should be happening in this organisation/s, or to make wide<br />

ranging recommendations that your data don’t really permit. Ask yourself<br />

whether your data and your analysis actually support these conclusions/<br />

recommendations;<br />

g) <strong>of</strong>fers self-aware reflections. This is one <strong>of</strong> the sections students <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

neglect or, even worse, use to tell us how utterly perfect and marvellous their<br />

research is! Make sure that you have spent some time considering what you<br />

have learnt from the project process and in particular what you would do<br />

differently if you were to do it again;<br />

h) includes appendices which support the main text. Remember that really<br />

important items should be included in the main text rather than requiring<br />

frequent reference to the appendices, which can irritate readers. Appendices<br />

should also be mentioned at appropriate points in the text – and do not<br />

overdo them. The rule <strong>of</strong> thumb is, if the main text can survive without it,<br />

leave it out;<br />

i) accurate referencing throughout and a full list <strong>of</strong> references at the end.<br />

This is a matter <strong>of</strong> academic rigour, avoiding plagiarism and ensuring that we<br />

can follow up on any sources which interest us at a later date, as you already<br />

know;<br />

j) well written, logically structured, carefully presented. Leave enough time<br />

to do a thorough spell check as well as pro<strong>of</strong>reading for typographical<br />

mistakes, grammatical errors, logical problems etc;<br />

k) overall tells a story and is ‘topped and tailed’. Your project should read like<br />

an unfolding story as follows:<br />

What are my research questions and why are they important (introduction)?<br />

What’s the academic background to these questions (literature review)? how<br />

did I answer them and why did I do it this way (methodology)? What were<br />

the answers and how did I arrive at them (data analysis)? What does this say<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 7


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

overall about my research questions? how can this be applied in the real world<br />

and in general? how good a job did I do (conclusions, recommendations and<br />

reflections)?<br />

Topping and tailing refers to presenting each chapter in an introduction/<br />

discussion/summary format. So, in each chapter, tell us what you are going<br />

to do, do it, then remind us what you have done before going on to say what<br />

the next chapter will do.<br />

We have now come to the end <strong>of</strong> our first section, so a short summary is in order<br />

before moving on to Section 2.<br />

Summary<br />

i) Doing research involves systematically asking questions about things we are<br />

unsure about, which also <strong>of</strong>ten implies evaluation <strong>of</strong> the outcomes.<br />

ii) Methodology consists <strong>of</strong> an empirical action plan to enable us to answer<br />

those questions.<br />

iii) There are many reasons why we ask you to do an independent research<br />

project as part <strong>of</strong> your Diploma studies.<br />

iv) An empirical project must contain certain components, although not<br />

necessarily in the order outlined here.<br />

v) A good project also displays certain key characteristics, perhaps the most<br />

significant <strong>of</strong> which is the author’s enthusiasm for the project.<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

8 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />

Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 1<br />

Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press pp. 74–77<br />

Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapters 1 and 2<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapter 1<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />

5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 1 and pp. 532–533<br />

Williams, M. and T. May (1996) Introduction to the Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Social Research<br />

London: UCL Press chapter 1<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 9


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

10 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 2<br />

The Role <strong>of</strong> Existing Literature in<br />

Social Science Research


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 2<br />

The Role <strong>of</strong> Existing Literature in Social<br />

Science Research<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>, you will be able to:<br />

• recognise the importance <strong>of</strong> a literature review<br />

• understand how to use other people’s research in order to<br />

determine how and where your work will fit into the current<br />

subject-specific literature<br />

• understand how to locate literature relevant to your research<br />

• outline the key aspects <strong>of</strong> compiling a literature review.<br />

Introduction<br />

Literature reviews are an essential part <strong>of</strong> any research whatsoever, but this section<br />

aims first to explain why you need to do one, before moving on to the best way to<br />

go about accessing relevant sources. We then <strong>of</strong>fer some advice on note-taking and<br />

subsequently on putting the finished product together.<br />

Why Do You Need to Do a Literature Review?<br />

To Refine Your Research Questions<br />

Obviously by the time you come to read the subject-specific literature you will have<br />

an idea <strong>of</strong> your research topic (see Section 3), because without one you wouldn’t<br />

know which body <strong>of</strong> literature to access! however, reviewing this literature in<br />

the first instance also allows you to identify specific concepts, theories, models<br />

and findings to explore. In other words, what precisely is it about organisational<br />

structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership,<br />

stress, productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever else<br />

that you want to research? In fact, helpfully, the available literature <strong>of</strong>ten explicitly<br />

suggests directions for future research – especially at the end <strong>of</strong> journal articles.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 11


To Contextualise Your Research Topic<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

In the finished project, the literature review allows you to inform your assessors about<br />

how your research fits into what has been previously published on the topic. It should<br />

outline the existing ideas and themes that you want to focus on in your work, and<br />

therefore identify relevant academic material which will be used in analysing your<br />

specific empirical site. So in this regard you are locating your research in the context<br />

<strong>of</strong> the existing body <strong>of</strong> knowledge on the topic, whatever that might be.<br />

To Enhance/Demonstrate Your Subject-Specific Knowledge<br />

We have discussed why we see subject-specific knowledge as so important to you<br />

as students <strong>of</strong> management in Section 1. however, you also have to demonstrate<br />

to your assessors that you have a reasonable grasp <strong>of</strong> the relevant subject-specific<br />

literature in order to convince them that your research has been carried out with a<br />

degree <strong>of</strong> academic rigour, and that it is underpinned with the appropriate level <strong>of</strong><br />

effort and endeavour.<br />

To Identify Your Contribution<br />

Related to what we have said above, an effective literature review helps you to avoid<br />

simply repeating existing studies because it identifies the limitations and gaps in the<br />

existing literature. Your project should aim to address these limitations and gaps<br />

either empirically or by evaluating or synthesising literature in new ways. Making a<br />

contribution means researching something which has not been studied before or has<br />

not been studied very extensively, adding to or extending what already exists on the<br />

topic, combining bodies <strong>of</strong> thought or viewpoints in different ways, researching a<br />

topic in an unusual way etc. It is a requirement in PhD theses but, to a lesser extent,<br />

in Master’s dissertations and Diploma projects as well. Original work does not just<br />

rehearse old arguments to reach already established conclusions. It avoids well worn<br />

topics and/or uses samples which have not been researched in detail before and/or<br />

employs unconventional research methods. And it will always be more sympathetically<br />

received by your assessors!<br />

To Help You Decide on Your Methodology and Methods<br />

Reading the available literature in a particular subject area may also help with your<br />

methodological decisions. This can take two forms – first, there may be a tried and<br />

tested methodology which is effectively the ‘standard’ in a particular area <strong>of</strong> research<br />

and which you can justify using on that basis. Second, and alternatively, it may be<br />

that most or all researchers in a subject area use one particular methodology but you<br />

feel you can make a contribution as above, and look at the subject from a new angle<br />

by choosing a different methodological approach. For example, one <strong>of</strong> the authors <strong>of</strong><br />

this <strong>book</strong> decided to use semi-structured interviews in her doctoral research on sexual<br />

harassment, because once she had read a range <strong>of</strong> the available literature on this<br />

topic it became clear that most sexual harassment researchers used self-administered<br />

questionnaires (SAQs).<br />

12 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

To Ensure Your Research is <strong>of</strong> Contemporary Interest<br />

Your literature review also allows you to ensure that your work will be seen as significant<br />

by today’s management academics and practitioners, if it is done effectively and is<br />

brought right up to date. You should also make sure that you check on a regular basis<br />

to see if there have been any significant new publications in your area, especially in<br />

academic journals, after you have compiled your first good draft <strong>of</strong> the literature<br />

review.<br />

One <strong>final</strong> point before we move to how you might actually locate relevant literature is<br />

a clarification <strong>of</strong> the distinction between a literature review and the use <strong>of</strong> secondary<br />

data in empirical studies. As suggested in the introduction and Section 1, some <strong>of</strong><br />

you will be using secondary data to answer your research questions – i.e., data that<br />

already exist, that someone else has collected. But there is a key difference between<br />

a literature review and the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data in projects. A literature review<br />

summarises the academic material on the subject area in terms <strong>of</strong> setting the context<br />

for your project and clarifying your contribution, as discussed above. It therefore<br />

forms part <strong>of</strong> the background to your research questions. Which area/s <strong>of</strong> the<br />

academic literature are you deriving your inspiration from? Which gaps or omissions<br />

in this material is your research intended to address? A literature review <strong>of</strong>ten makes<br />

reference to other people’s empirical data and findings in setting this context. It<br />

should usually precede your methodological discussion and your data analysis, as in<br />

the conventional project structure laid out in Section 1.<br />

Data analysis which makes use <strong>of</strong> secondary data on the other hand deploys such<br />

data as a direct means to answer your research questions – i.e., as empirical data,<br />

not as background or context as above. This material should, as also outlined in<br />

Section 1, follow the methodology and precede the conclusions, recommendations<br />

and reflections. There are different emphases here in terms <strong>of</strong> how other people’s<br />

data might be used in a project. Please do not make the mistake <strong>of</strong> referring to the<br />

literature review as a research method. If you are confused about the difference,<br />

think about how you are using the data in question. Is it simply to set the scene for<br />

the research you are doing (literature review) or are you actually taking someone<br />

else’s data and analysing them in a new way (secondary data)?<br />

To summarise the above points, the important thing to remember is that<br />

“Knowledge does not exist in a vacuum, and your work only has value in<br />

relation to other people’s. Your work and your findings will be significant<br />

only to the extent that they are the same as, or different from, other<br />

people’s work and findings.” (Jankowicz 2005:162)<br />

In terms <strong>of</strong> locating relevant sources for your literature review, we are now going to<br />

direct you back to the guidance we provided in your Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management<br />

<strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>. Re-read Section 4 on Learning Resources there before you proceed<br />

with this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 13


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Additional Guidance on Finding Subject-Specific Literature<br />

Most literature searches will start with a broad and non-selective process which<br />

Easterby-Smith et al. (2008:34), following Selvin and Stuart, call ‘trawling’: “a wide<br />

overall review <strong>of</strong> the literature in a specific field”. This should involve as comprehensive<br />

an overview as you can manage <strong>of</strong> the relevant material to ensure breadth <strong>of</strong> coverage.<br />

As you proceed through the project and your focus and ideas become clearer, you<br />

will probably need to ‘fish’ for specific issues, theories etc. about which you want to<br />

know more. This Easterby-Smith et al. (2008:34, again following Selvin and Stuart)<br />

explain as follows: “[the researcher] know[s] exactly the articles that they want and<br />

simply need[s] to collect these”.<br />

You can start trawling by using ULSM reading lists from the <strong>module</strong>s you have already<br />

studied on the Diploma. But you will also need to do your own searches to make<br />

your review as comprehensive as possible, and therefore to be familiar with relevant<br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> resources like the online library databases etc. – as <strong>of</strong> course<br />

you should be by now. Identification <strong>of</strong> key authors and seminal contributions is<br />

especially helpful at the start <strong>of</strong> the process. For example, a project on organisational<br />

structure would be expected to make reference to the very important, if controversial,<br />

work <strong>of</strong> Max Weber on bureaucracy. Similarly, a project on cross-cultural differences in<br />

employee behaviour would be expected to note and discuss the (equally controversial)<br />

work <strong>of</strong> Geert h<strong>of</strong>stede in this regard 1 . Review articles also appear from time to time<br />

in the academic management journals, discussing a particular body <strong>of</strong> literature and<br />

the relevant developments in this area – again these are good resources for starting<br />

your literature review. And <strong>of</strong> course you can (and should) follow up references from<br />

texts you have already read by using the bibliographies in those texts.<br />

If you are having difficulty finding material which is specific to your needs, consider<br />

broadening your parameters. First, you are free to use literature which has been<br />

published in languages other than English for your project, as long as it is relevant<br />

to your research, as well as being a robust source in its own right. Of course you will<br />

need to translate both the ideas in these texts (including direct quotations) and the<br />

necessary references into English in the finished product, whilst indicating that these<br />

are your translations from Greek, Cantonese, German etc. Second, many <strong>of</strong> you will<br />

find a lot <strong>of</strong> useful material in other social science and humanities disciplines – like<br />

sociology, psychology, media studies, cultural studies, history, philosophy, politics,<br />

international relations, anthropology etc. In other words,<br />

“[y]ou should not be limited by the research (and research questions)<br />

current in the specific field you are researching. Researchers in other<br />

fields and from other disciplines may well be wrestling with problems<br />

similar to yours, or from which useful parallels can be drawn.”<br />

(Robson 2002:57)<br />

1 Further to this, if an issue or author like this is central to your research, then<br />

we would expect you to read the relevant original – not just to rely on how other<br />

authors describe this work.<br />

14 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Third, as a hypothetical example, say you want to do research on charismatic<br />

leadership in hotels, but can’t find much literature on this issue. So you could look<br />

for literature that deals with charismatic leadership in other business sectors, and<br />

draw the relevant parallels to the hotel sector as well as acknowledging the probable<br />

differences. Fourth, again, there may be very little on the recruitment and selection<br />

<strong>of</strong> information technology pr<strong>of</strong>essionals in China (your hypothetical chosen subject),<br />

but perhaps there is lots <strong>of</strong> material on the same subject in other geographical areas<br />

– the UK or the US for example. Once more, the relevant parallels can be drawn, and<br />

differences identified. And remember that, if there isn’t very much on your specific<br />

topic area, this suggests you have been successful in identifying something which is<br />

genuinely original!<br />

Some Tips on Electronic Searching<br />

Remembering the note <strong>of</strong> caution we attached to Internet searches in the Foundations<br />

<strong>of</strong> Management <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, here are three additional tips to assist you with electronic<br />

searches. First, using various ways to describe the topic helps to ensure your search.<br />

One example is that a search for material on downsizing might also include the use<br />

<strong>of</strong> search terms like ‘redundancy’ or even ‘derecruitment’. Second, remember that<br />

there is UK English and US English. Not only do UK English and American English<br />

spell words differently (e.g., the UK ‘behaviour’ and the US ‘behavior’), but they also<br />

use different words for the same thing (e.g., a UK chemist is a US drug store). If you<br />

don’t have any luck with one version <strong>of</strong> English in a particular search, try the other<br />

version. Third, a search facility might not recognise acronyms or abbreviations like<br />

ICI or TQM or BPR, depending on how it has been programmed.<br />

Finally remember that, for general enquiries concerning the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Leicester</strong> Library and its services for distance learners, please complete the online<br />

enquiry form at<br />

http://www.le.ac.uk/li/distance/enquiry/reference_form.htm<br />

If you require help in finding subject information, you can also e-mail Andrew Dunn,<br />

our Management Information Librarian, direct at ad158@le.ac.uk<br />

OK, so let’s imagine you are now sitting down to read all <strong>of</strong> the <strong>book</strong>s, journal<br />

articles, reports, conference proceedings, newspaper articles etc. that your extensive<br />

and comprehensive search has gathered. This can be a very daunting task indeed, so<br />

how should you go about it?<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 15


Using the Literature<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

As implied above, putting together a literature review entails you reading the relevant<br />

material and drafting a review fairly early on in the project process, but doing further<br />

searches to update your review and ensure it is as comprehensive as possible as<br />

you go along. Especially keep an eye out for new journal papers, <strong>book</strong>s, newspaper<br />

articles etc., as we have said above.<br />

Taking Notes<br />

We also covered note-taking in Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management, <strong>of</strong> course. however,<br />

here is some extended and developed guidance on this issue, some <strong>of</strong> which repeats<br />

material presented there.<br />

When taking notes for your literature review, you need to read as widely as possible,<br />

but also to be selective. In other words, you may well gather material, particularly<br />

if you are trawling, that isn’t very relevant to your purposes. So before you start to<br />

read, look at the title, the back cover ‘blurb’ and/or the introduction if it is a <strong>book</strong>,<br />

or the abstract if it is a journal article. Ask yourself the following questions:<br />

• does this source relate to my research interests – is the context or content<br />

relevant to what I am researching? (if yes, then you should read it);<br />

• might it have been superseded by something more recent? (in which case try<br />

and find more up-to-date sources);<br />

• or is it a ‘classic’ or seminal text? (in which case you should read it); and<br />

• do other authors refer to it frequently? (in which case it is probably considered<br />

to be a classic text, or at least an important contribution to the area).<br />

Also note Robson’s (2002:52) observation that “My experience has been that quite<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten when key words have indicated a specific journal article, adjacent articles in<br />

the same journal have been <strong>of</strong> greater interest or relevance.” Further, with regard to<br />

<strong>book</strong>s, use the contents pages and the index. Don’t just start at page 1 and keep<br />

reading until the end <strong>of</strong> the <strong>book</strong> – use the contents and index to ensure that you<br />

read the parts or chapters that are relevant to your project.<br />

When you have decided what to read and you are actually beginning the note-taking<br />

process, make sure you keep your research questions in mind. Keep asking yourself<br />

‘Can I use this material to explore my area <strong>of</strong> interest, and if so how?’ Record stuff<br />

which is relevant, not everything every author says. Even if you have chosen your<br />

texts carefully, not everything you read in every source is going to be pertinent to<br />

your area <strong>of</strong> interest. And write notes in your own words as far as possible. If you<br />

do want to use the author’s own words, then make sure you record the relevant<br />

section as a direct quotation using quotation marks, and take the page number<br />

down. Failure to do this could mean you being accused <strong>of</strong> plagiarism because chunks<br />

16 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

<strong>of</strong> other people’s words will probably end up without the appropriate attributions<br />

in your work. Plus remember that we are more interested in your words than other<br />

people’s as it is your words that prove you understand what you are talking about!<br />

Another important ‘to do’ when note-taking is to record all the relevant details for<br />

referencing purposes as you make your notes from each text – e.g., page numbers<br />

for direct quotations (as suggested above) and dates accessed for Internet sites. It’s<br />

also a good idea to compile a ‘running’ bibliography/list <strong>of</strong> references, adding to this<br />

as you read each text, to avoid a mad panic just before submission when you can’t<br />

find details for some <strong>of</strong> the texts that you have used!<br />

An additional top tip for note-taking is to formulate a working structure for your<br />

literature review as you read because<br />

“[t]rying to read everything then trying to write it up is a daunting task<br />

… it is unlikely you will appreciate the significance or possible location<br />

in the review <strong>of</strong> what you have read without some point <strong>of</strong> reference<br />

provided by a working structure.” (Gill and Johnson 2002:26)<br />

So think about how the text you are reading compares to others you have read. What<br />

are the main themes, concepts or claims that are emerging? What are the areas <strong>of</strong><br />

agreement and disagreement between different authors in this regard? If you do<br />

this then you should be able to develop your notes into an effective literature review.<br />

It is really important to remember that the literature review is just that; a review. In<br />

other words, it should not be a list <strong>of</strong> authors or texts which reads ‘X says, Y says, Z<br />

says’. The idea is to present an overview <strong>of</strong> the literature which deals systematically<br />

with the main themes, concepts, claims and areas <strong>of</strong> agreement or disagreement<br />

between authors in this body <strong>of</strong> material.<br />

Below you can find an example <strong>of</strong> what we mean by this systematic overview,<br />

using the literature on whether men and women manage differently. A review <strong>of</strong><br />

this literature would require you to have identified the two broad ‘camps’ in the<br />

available academic literature and therefore to organise your review in something like<br />

this format.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 17


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Example 2.1: Sample (brief) literature review on gender and<br />

management styles<br />

There are two distinct camps in the gender and management styles<br />

literature, and I will review each in turn here. ‘Camp 1’ suggests that<br />

men and women manage differently because they are socialised<br />

differently. Rosener (1990) for example asked managers to describe<br />

their managerial style. her findings show that men said they adopted a<br />

‘transactional’ leadership style, based on the principle <strong>of</strong> exchange – in<br />

other words they gave their staff rewards or punishment for work done<br />

well or badly. These men also reported that they relied on positional<br />

authority in order to manage others – e.g., telling staff that they had to<br />

obey orders because they came from a manager. Women on the other<br />

hand reportedly used ‘transformational’ leadership – motivating staff<br />

through persuading them to commit to group/organisational goals,<br />

encouraging them to participate in decision-making, managing through<br />

personal qualities rather than by position, and trying to make staff feel<br />

good about themselves. Rosener also says these gender differences in<br />

management style are due to the differences in the ways boys and girls<br />

are brought up, and she concludes that transformational/‘feminine’<br />

leadership is likely to be more successful in economically turbulent times<br />

than the transactional/’masculine’ style. In her 1997 <strong>book</strong> she extends<br />

this argument by suggesting that an important way <strong>of</strong> maintaining<br />

America’s corporate success and global competitiveness is to put<br />

women in senior positions in organisations, because their management<br />

style increases productivity, innovation and thereby pr<strong>of</strong>its through their<br />

aptitude for ambiguity and willingness to empower others.<br />

In summarising the available research on gender and management<br />

styles, Fagenson (1993) agrees with Rosener that the evidence indicates<br />

women prefer a transformational, interdependent style <strong>of</strong> leadership,<br />

instead <strong>of</strong> using status (like men). helgesen (1995) echoes Rosener<br />

and Fagenson – her research suggests that gendered management<br />

styles develop as a result <strong>of</strong> differential socialisation, and that women<br />

managers are consequently better at developing creativity, co-operation<br />

and intuition in others than men. Fagenson also emphasises women’s<br />

preference for managing via relationships as opposed to hierarchical<br />

position, and says that women listen and empathize much more<br />

than men. Again she asserts that feminine leadership ‘principles’ are<br />

becoming more influential because they suit today’s corporate realm<br />

better than male ‘warrior values’.<br />

‘Camp 2’ however suggests that, if men and women do manage<br />

differently, it is not just because <strong>of</strong> gender socialisation. Epstein (1991:<br />

151) points out that her own data from the legal pr<strong>of</strong>ession and indeed<br />

her own experiences suggest women frequently display ‘combative’,<br />

‘punitive’ and ‘authoritarian’ (i.e., ‘masculine’) behaviour. She<br />

18 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

also notes ‘in-work’ variables like organisational size and culture as<br />

influencing management style, plus draws our attention to additional<br />

non-organisational variables in this regard like age, class and ethnic<br />

differences. Cohen (1991) says Rosener overlooks the fact that many<br />

<strong>of</strong> her female managers were responsible for pr<strong>of</strong>essional staff who<br />

probably disliked a very directive, ‘masculine’ managerial approach.<br />

And if we overemphasise gender differences in management theorising,<br />

asks Gherardi (1995), how can we account for those men who prefer to<br />

manage in more democratic ways – like the 52% <strong>of</strong> male managers who<br />

said they preferred to use teamwork and a participative management<br />

style when surveyed by the British Institute <strong>of</strong> Management? White’s<br />

(1995) research into female executives also suggests these women were<br />

more different in their approach to leadership than they were similar.<br />

White attributes these differences to varying ages, experiences and<br />

expectations amongst this group.<br />

however, it is ‘camp 1’ that predominates. In other words, most writers<br />

on gender and management argue that there are gender differences<br />

in management style. This is despite the fact that “the majority <strong>of</strong> the<br />

academic empirical work supports the no-or-little-difference thesis”<br />

(Alvesson and Billing 1997:145 – emphasis added).<br />

So, having seen what the finished product might look like, let’s dwell a little further<br />

on writing up a literature review.<br />

Compiling a Literature Review<br />

When drafting and redrafting, again focus on your research questions and remember<br />

the literature review should be organised around themes, not presented as a list. In<br />

other words you need to avoid a review which looks like<br />

“the furniture sale catalogue, in which everything merits a one paragraph<br />

entry no matter how skilfully it has been conducted: Bloggs (1975)<br />

found this, Smith (1976) found that, Jones (1977) found the other,<br />

Bloggs, Smith and Jones (1978) found happiness in heaven.” (haywood<br />

and Wragg, cited in Bell 2005:100)<br />

Also make sure you cover all sides <strong>of</strong> the relevant arguments. In the example using<br />

the gender and management styles literature above, this review establishes that<br />

some authors believe there are gender differences in the ways that men and women<br />

manage, while others disagree, but that the ‘differences’ camp predominates despite<br />

the bulk <strong>of</strong> empirical evidence.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 19


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

In terms <strong>of</strong> structuring the finished version 2 , move from the general to the specific<br />

as follows. Begin with a short introduction laying out what the chapter will do – that<br />

is, give it a ‘top’ as discussed in Section 1. Then move to the main ideas, concepts<br />

and theories in the available literature – <strong>of</strong>fer the kind <strong>of</strong> summary that would be<br />

found in the text<strong>book</strong>s in the subject area. Summarise and contrast these key ideas<br />

then narrow down to more specific ideas; those most relevant to your research.<br />

here you will need to go beyond the text<strong>book</strong> coverage, and use the research texts<br />

(monographs, edited <strong>book</strong>s, journal articles etc.) to provide the necessary detail<br />

and complexity. highlight the areas where your research will contribute. That is,<br />

identify the weaknesses and gaps in the existing literature which your research will<br />

address empirically, or the new ways in which you will combine or evaluate literature/s.<br />

And <strong>final</strong>ly <strong>of</strong>fer a summary so as to provide a bridge to your methodology and data<br />

analysis chapters. So give your literature review a ‘tail’ – summarise the key points<br />

from the review and then suggest that these issues will form the basis for your own<br />

data gathering, as discussed in the methodology and data analysis chapters which<br />

follow.<br />

As the above suggests then, remember that:<br />

“you would also expect to return to the literature during the discussion<br />

and conclusion sections <strong>of</strong> your project report. You will want to present<br />

the significance <strong>of</strong> your empirical findings in the light <strong>of</strong> other people’s<br />

work and you will want to draw on other authors in arguing for the<br />

recommendations which you wish to make in the light <strong>of</strong> your findings.”<br />

(Jankowicz 2005:162)<br />

As suggested in the introduction and earlier in this section, you need to refer back<br />

to the literature review in your data analysis, so as to compare your work to other<br />

research as well as suggesting how the data answer your research questions. Do they<br />

confirm, amend or differ from the findings <strong>of</strong> other researchers? See Example 2.2<br />

below for an illustration <strong>of</strong> what we mean here.<br />

2 Also see Jankowicz (2005:164) for a useful example from an imaginary MBA<br />

project on leadership training in negotiation and sense-making skills.<br />

20 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Example 2.2: An illustration <strong>of</strong> how literature is used in data analysis<br />

In halme’s (2000) research on ‘environmental learning’ in organisations,<br />

she conducted research at two Finnish firms – a packaging manufacturer<br />

and a paper maker. halme starts from the premise that the natural<br />

environment (e.g., resources like oil, gas, wood and water) has<br />

traditionally not been taken into account when strategic decisions<br />

have been made, because senior managers have tended to assume this<br />

environment is simply there to be exploited and that their primary focus<br />

should be on making pr<strong>of</strong>it. But this mindset is changing, so halme is<br />

interested in how senior managers start to include environmental values<br />

as a matter <strong>of</strong> course in their decision-making.<br />

halme is very careful to return to her earlier review <strong>of</strong> the relevant<br />

literature in her conclusions. She summarises this literature as arguing<br />

that “corporations must learn new ecocentric paradigms before they can<br />

be expected to produce environmentally sound performance” (halme<br />

2000:1087). her data on the other hand indicate that “cognitive-level<br />

environmental change does not inevitably precede behaviour change”<br />

(halme 2000:1087). So her Finnish managers learnt to be ‘environmentally<br />

friendly’ in their decisions by starting to take environmentally friendly<br />

decisions – i.e., they learnt by doing, as opposed to learning first and<br />

then doing. halme’s findings therefore differ from the orthodox wisdom<br />

in this area <strong>of</strong> management literature, and her data analysis makes this<br />

explicit.<br />

Finally, ULSM assessors want to see three main things in your literature review.<br />

First we are looking for evidence <strong>of</strong> reading: have you accessed and referred to<br />

the key texts, theories, concepts, models and findings? Is your review reasonably<br />

comprehensive and up to date? Second, have you understood what you have read?<br />

The aforementioned comparative, thematic approach is the key here, as is writing<br />

in your own words! Third, you need to evaluate the literature. how well do the<br />

various authors make their cases? What have they overlooked? What problematic<br />

assumptions do they make? Do they only use a narrow range <strong>of</strong> methods? Is their<br />

evidence convincing? Does this research tend to concern only a specific group <strong>of</strong><br />

people or a specific geographical or organisational context? And how does all <strong>of</strong> this<br />

relate to your work? Evaluation thus leads into establishing your contribution as also<br />

discussed above. In summary,<br />

“What is required [from a literature review] is an insightful evaluation<br />

<strong>of</strong> what is known which leads naturally to a clarification <strong>of</strong> the gaps in<br />

the field and the way in which the proposed research is intended to fill<br />

them.” (Gill and Johnson 2002:26)<br />

NB you will also need to read the relevant literature to plan and write up your<br />

methodology, and make reference to this literature in the requisite places in your<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 21


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

project – especially the methodology chapter, as also suggested in the introduction<br />

to this <strong>book</strong>.<br />

Summary<br />

i) Literature reviews are important in the Diploma project process for a variety<br />

<strong>of</strong> reasons.<br />

ii) There are a variety <strong>of</strong> different sources for subject-specific literature.<br />

iii) Your literature search will typically start wide and become more narrow as it<br />

proceeds.<br />

iv) When taking notes from the literature, keep your main purpose in mind.<br />

v) A literature review needs to be appropriately structured and to demonstrate<br />

reading, understanding and evaluation.<br />

vi) You should return to the literature you have reviewed in your data analysis to<br />

suggest how your findings relate to the existing body <strong>of</strong> knowledge in this<br />

regard, as well as how they answer your research question(/s).<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

Alvesson, M. and Y.D. Billing (1997) Understanding Gender and Organizations London:<br />

Sage chapter 6<br />

22 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Bell, J. (2005) Doing Your Research Project 4 th Edition. Buckingham: Open <strong>University</strong><br />

Press chapter 6<br />

Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />

Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 4<br />

Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press chapter 4<br />

Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapter 3<br />

Fagenson, E.A. (1993) Diversity in management: introduction and the importance<br />

<strong>of</strong> women in management’ in E.A. Fagenson (ed.) Women in Management: Trends,<br />

Issues and Challenges in Managerial Diversity London: Sage pp. 3–15<br />

Foucault, M. (1986) The Foucault Reader P. Rabinow (ed.) harmondsworth: Penguin<br />

Gherardi, S. (1995) Gender, Symbolism and Organisational Cultures London: Sage<br />

Gill, J. and P. Johnson (2002) Research Methods for Managers 3 rd Edition. London:<br />

Sage chapter 2<br />

halme, M. (2002) ‘Corporate environmental paradigms in shift: learning during the<br />

course <strong>of</strong> action at UPM-Kymmene’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studies 39(8):1087–1109<br />

Harvard Business Review (1991) ‘Debate: ways men and women lead’ January–<br />

February: 151–160. It incorporates Cohen, A.R. (p. 158); Epstein, C.F. (pp. 150–151)<br />

helgesen, S. (1995) The Female Advantage: Women’s Ways <strong>of</strong> Leadership New York:<br />

Currency/Doubleday<br />

Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />

Learning chapter 7<br />

Lechner, F.J and J. Boli (eds.) (2004) The Globalization Reader Malden, Massachusetts:<br />

Blackwell<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 45–65<br />

Rosener, J.B. (1990) ‘Ways women lead’ Harvard Business Review November–<br />

December: 119–125<br />

Rosener, J.B. (1997) America’s Competitive Secret : Women Managers Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 23


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />

5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 3<br />

White, J. (1995) Leading in their own ways: women chief executives in local<br />

government’ in C. Itzin and J. Newman (eds.) Gender, Culture and Organizational<br />

Change: Putting Theory into Practice London: Routledge pp. 193–210<br />

24 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 3<br />

Formulating Research Questions


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 3<br />

Formulating Research Questions<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />

• recognise the difference between your research topic and your<br />

research question(s)<br />

• understand how personal interest should affect your decision(s)<br />

• recognise the benefit <strong>of</strong> keeping an open mind about where your<br />

research might take you<br />

• understand the value <strong>of</strong> flexibility and feasibility, and how they<br />

will help you maintain focus.<br />

Introduction<br />

It is crucially important that you select a well focused and thought out research<br />

question(/s), and that you have a clear rationale for why this question(/s) is important.<br />

Indeed one <strong>of</strong> the major deficiencies we see in students’ research projects is a lack <strong>of</strong><br />

clarity as to what is being researched and why this question(/s) is significant. So let’s<br />

delve a little further into the challenges <strong>of</strong> formulating effective research questions.<br />

Research Topics versus Research Questions<br />

Your research topic or area is not the same thing as your research questions. The<br />

topic might be (here goes with that list again!) organisational structure, organisational<br />

culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee<br />

motivation, the supply chain, auditing … or whatever. Your research questions,<br />

however, indicate gaps or uncertainties in our knowledge about a specific topic<br />

– they should aim to discover things that we do not know already. Remember<br />

that, as we established in Section 1, “[t]o ‘research’ is to seek answers that involve<br />

understanding and explanation” (Williams and May 1996:7 – emphasis added).<br />

To give a concrete example, your topic might be work-life balance. The sector you are<br />

interested in might be the British financial services industry, and you are also keen to<br />

research managers as opposed to other groups <strong>of</strong> workers. Your research question,<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 25


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

which indicates what you want to find out about this topic, might therefore be<br />

posed as follows:<br />

• To what extent is work-life balance a problem issue for British male managers<br />

in the financial services industry as compared to British female managers?<br />

This is interesting because the vast majority <strong>of</strong> the relevant literature discusses worklife<br />

balance as a problem that is experienced mainly by women – due to the fact<br />

that in heterosexual partnerships women still retain most <strong>of</strong> the responsibility for<br />

domestic labour and childcare, even if they work full-time.<br />

Sub-questions, which are advisable because they narrow the focus <strong>of</strong> the project<br />

even more, could then become:<br />

• Do British male managers in this industry report experiencing difficulties in<br />

achieving work-life balance? If so, what are the causes? And what might the<br />

solutions be?<br />

• To what extent do British male managers in this industry see work-life balance<br />

as a significant source <strong>of</strong> stress? If so, what are the implications for their<br />

health, quality <strong>of</strong> life and performance at work?<br />

Please note that the more you can narrow the research questions down – to country<br />

<strong>of</strong> focus, respondent group, sector/industry/organisation etc. – the better and the<br />

easier your research will be. We return to this issue below.<br />

Now let’s move on to the things you need to consider in choosing a topic, and<br />

putting research questions together.<br />

What To Think About in Topic and Question Selection<br />

Personal Interest<br />

The first and most vital issue here is to make sure the topic and question(/s) are<br />

<strong>of</strong> personal interest. You need to select a focus which will hold your interest<br />

throughout the duration <strong>of</strong> the project process. We also drew your attention to this<br />

in Section 1. So you might choose a topic/questions based on your own (work/<br />

non-work) experience – e.g., Fantasia wrote about worker solidarity in the US as<br />

a result <strong>of</strong> working at a small iron foundry when a wildcat strike occurred (cited in<br />

Robson 2002:49). One <strong>of</strong> the authors <strong>of</strong> this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> has studied the body in<br />

organisations for an extended period <strong>of</strong> time because she is extremely body conscious<br />

herself! Or perhaps you have been particularly attracted to an issue covered in one<br />

<strong>of</strong> your Diploma <strong>module</strong>s, or there is a current news story in your country to do<br />

with an aspect <strong>of</strong> management which has caught your eye. Alternatively, you may<br />

wish to do something influenced by your political or moral beliefs – e.g., a study <strong>of</strong><br />

environmental management if you are a member <strong>of</strong> Greenpeace.<br />

26 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Keeping an Open Mind about Findings, Methods and Data Analysis<br />

Although as we have said above it is crucial that you choose a topic and question/s<br />

that interest you, so you can keep your interest and motivation going, it is also very<br />

important that you do not pre-judge your findings, or allow your interest or expertise<br />

in a particular method or approach to analysing data to influence the research question<br />

that you select. First you need to keep an open mind about what the answer to your<br />

research question/s might be, because otherwise your preconceptions will mean you<br />

are likely to ignore important data or to misinterpret the data that you do gather.<br />

Second, research methods and data analysis techniques should be chosen to fit the<br />

research topic, not the other way around.<br />

Using the Subject-Specific Literature<br />

Once you have decided on a topic area, it is a good idea to look at the subjectspecific<br />

literature for suggestions for future research. As Section 2 establishes, this<br />

material may actually outline questions which still need to be answered about the<br />

relevant topic. A critical review <strong>of</strong> the literature also allows you to spot gaps and<br />

weaknesses. We have mentioned the idea <strong>of</strong> making a contribution several times<br />

already in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, and a discerning scan <strong>of</strong> the literature allows you to see<br />

where you might be able to add something new by looking at something that hasn’t<br />

been studied before, by using an unusual method, by gathering data from a different<br />

kind <strong>of</strong> sample or by bringing together and/or evaluating literature in a novel way.<br />

It also allows you to ensure your research question is <strong>of</strong> contemporary relevance –<br />

something in which today’s management academics and managers themselves will<br />

be interested (as already discussed in Section 1).<br />

Ensuring ‘Real World Value’<br />

Again we have alluded to this issue in Section 1. ‘Real world value’ is Robson’s<br />

(2002:56) term – he adapts it from Campbell et al. They refer to successful management<br />

research having relevance or usefulness to managers, to its potential to address<br />

specific organisational problems or improve organisational processes or procedures.<br />

Not only does this mean that the research has a use beyond adding to academic<br />

knowledge but it might also give something back to the organisation/s where you are<br />

doing the research, and/or which is sponsoring you. It might also make access easier<br />

if you can promise some kind <strong>of</strong> report which will make specific recommendations<br />

for organisational improvements (more on this in Section 6). But do remember that<br />

you are not acting as a consultant or aiming to produce a management report: your<br />

project must address issues <strong>of</strong> academic significance and be written according to<br />

academic protocol, as (once more) we established in Section 1.<br />

Brainstorm It<br />

Again this is something that we discussed in Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management, but<br />

brainstorming can also be used to come up with research questions. Gill and Johnson<br />

(2002:19) give a useful example around the topic <strong>of</strong> managerial stress. Remember<br />

you can brainstorm with others or alone. The process is to write down any questions<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 27


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

as they come to mind, however silly they may seem, under a broad topic heading.<br />

Only when you have run out <strong>of</strong> ideas should you start to evaluate them in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

how effective they are likely to prove as research questions.<br />

Focus and Feasibility<br />

Focus and feasibility are also really important. Students <strong>of</strong>ten make the mistake <strong>of</strong><br />

choosing research questions which are much too broad. This means that you will not<br />

have the time or the necessary resources in terms <strong>of</strong> money or equipment to actually<br />

find out the answers to these questions. You need to keep your questions as narrow<br />

as possible – think about the range <strong>of</strong> literature you will have to consult and the<br />

variety <strong>of</strong> data you will need to collect - do you have time? Do you have the necessary<br />

money and equipment? Are the literature and data you need likely to be available to<br />

you? Can you do analytical justice to them even if they are? 3<br />

Gill and Johnson (2002:16) give the example <strong>of</strong> a project seeking to compare the role<br />

<strong>of</strong> human Resource departments in the UK and the US. But, say you were a UK-based<br />

student, how would you get the US data? If you can’t use questionnaires, you don’t<br />

have the money to get to the US to do interviews and the data aren‘t available in<br />

secondary form, then how would you do this research? Another example might be<br />

suggesting that you want to evaluate hRM in a particular organisation or compare<br />

two organisations in terms <strong>of</strong> their approach to hRM. But hRM encompasses many<br />

different activities and responsibilities, so it would be much more sensible to focus<br />

on one <strong>of</strong> its aspects, such as recruitment or employee involvement or performance<br />

management. Similarly, some students have said in the past that they want to look<br />

at, say, TQM in ‘the Chinese economy’ or ‘the Greek economy’. however, this again<br />

is much too broad – we would suggest choosing a particular sector like banking or<br />

hotels or car manufacturing, or even better one organisation. however, you still need<br />

to work towards a balance here – focus and feasibility are crucial, but as Campbell<br />

et al. (cited in Robson 2002:56) also point out, the cheapest, quickest and easiest<br />

research isn’t always the best research!<br />

Example 3.1 <strong>of</strong>fers an example <strong>of</strong> how a research question that might look broadly<br />

OK actually wouldn’t work very well in practice.<br />

3 Please also remember that your project must be entirely self-funded: in other<br />

words, the School <strong>of</strong> Management cannot provide any money or equipment to assist<br />

you in your research.<br />

28 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Example 3.1: Assessing a research question for ‘researchability’<br />

Imagine you wanted to ask the following research question: ‘how well<br />

has the British car industry performed compared to the German car<br />

industry?’ As it stands, although it might look all right at first glance,<br />

this question would be difficult if not impossible to research sensibly<br />

and systematically. It needs substantial refining and revision.<br />

For example, what is meant by performance here? Global market<br />

share? Return on investment? Customer satisfaction? Error levels<br />

in manufacturing plants? Quality <strong>of</strong> working life for employees?<br />

Environmental ‘friendliness’ (etc.)? You would need to specify this, as<br />

your project could not hope to cover all <strong>of</strong> these performance indicators.<br />

Also, what time period does the research cover? Again this would need<br />

to be set out. Post-German unification perhaps? In fact this is a very<br />

long period <strong>of</strong> time – some twenty years or so at the time <strong>of</strong> writing –<br />

so the sensible approach would be to narrow it even further, perhaps<br />

to 2003–2008.<br />

Finally, how is ‘British’ or ‘German’ car industry defined here? Nissan,<br />

for example, has some <strong>of</strong> its operations in Sunderland in the North<br />

<strong>of</strong> England, but it is a Japanese-owned car manufacturer. Similarly,<br />

Mercedes-Benz has a plant in Tuscaloosa, Alabama in the US but it is<br />

a German-owned car manufacturer. So, once again, you would need<br />

to specify whether you simply meant German-owned/British-owned car<br />

manufacturers, or some other way <strong>of</strong> defining car industry in this regard<br />

(the narrower the better!).<br />

Enhancing Career-Relevant Knowledge<br />

We established in Section 1 that one <strong>of</strong> the reasons why we ask you to do a <strong>PMP</strong> is<br />

to further your knowledge so you can use it in improving your work-related practice<br />

and progressing your career. So choosing a topic/question/s that will be especially<br />

relevant to you in this regard is a good idea. For example, a former student <strong>of</strong> ours<br />

chose to research the extent <strong>of</strong> and reasons for tax evasion in her country <strong>of</strong> origin<br />

as her project topic because she wanted to get a job in the relevant Tax Inspectorate<br />

when she graduated.<br />

Symmetry <strong>of</strong> Potential Outcomes<br />

What this means in simple terms is that you need to make sure that your findings will<br />

be interesting whatever the outcomes <strong>of</strong> your research. For example, say your key<br />

research question was ‘Does the increasing use <strong>of</strong> e-mail represent a stress factor in<br />

the Ghanaian banking sector?’ If your findings suggested that the increasing use <strong>of</strong><br />

e-mail was not experienced as stressful by Ghanaian bank workers, then this would<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 29


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

not be particularly interesting. This question therefore does not have symmetry <strong>of</strong><br />

potential outcomes. But by rephrasing the question as ‘Does the increasing use <strong>of</strong><br />

e-mail represent a stress factor, a benefit or both in the Ghanaian banking sector?’,<br />

then whatever the findings showed would be interesting.<br />

How Sensitive is Your Topic/Question/s?<br />

This can present a possible problem in formulating topics and questions. Easterby-<br />

Smith et al. are quite right to say that “Access to companies can be obstructed by<br />

managers if they consider a piece <strong>of</strong> research to be harmful to their, or their company’s,<br />

interests” (2008:2). We will talk more about getting access to organisations for<br />

empirical research in Section 6, but this might represent a real challenge if you<br />

choose a topic or question/s that seems to be sensitive. For example, the question<br />

<strong>of</strong> the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> drug testing at work could be seen as very sensitive on a<br />

personal, individual basis because it relates to confidential medical information and<br />

also to employees’ private, leisure time behaviour. On the other hand, a project<br />

could be regarded as commercially sensitive – e.g., something which focused on<br />

branding, unique selling points and/or competitive strategies. There are ethical issues<br />

here too relating to not invading respondents’ privacy or putting them under any<br />

duress. Also more on this in Section 6, but bear in mind Gill and Johnson’s (2002:16)<br />

citation <strong>of</strong> a researcher who told them that he had a lot <strong>of</strong> difficulty getting access to<br />

managers to talk to them about their stress levels, and he felt this was because they<br />

were so stressed!<br />

How About You?<br />

Equally, consider your own capabilities. Doing a <strong>PMP</strong> is intended to develop your<br />

skills and abilities in a range <strong>of</strong> different ways, as discussed in Section 1. however, it’s<br />

still unwise to choose something which is a long way away from your ‘comfort zone’<br />

– e.g., don’t choose a research question which would require a lot <strong>of</strong> quantitative,<br />

statistical work if you are not very numerate.<br />

Research Questions Can Change<br />

And, <strong>final</strong>ly, don’t forget that research questions are <strong>of</strong>ten iterative. In other words<br />

your specific research question(/s) and the approach that you choose to answer it<br />

may well alter as your project proceeds – for example, personnel at the relevant<br />

organisation might change, requiring access renegotiation, or you could discover<br />

new angles or concepts on the issues as you do more reading. This is not a problem,<br />

but we strongly recommend that you check out any changes you plan to make with<br />

the tutor on the relevant <strong>Blackboard</strong> project support forum.<br />

Finally, and just to repeat ourselves one more time, a clearly defined research<br />

question(/s) is also much more likely to generate successful research, because your<br />

pathway through the research process will be easier to identify as a result. In other<br />

words, your research question should help you to decide what you need to read and<br />

what kind <strong>of</strong> data you need to gather, where this data gathering will happen, when<br />

it will happen and how it will happen. Also remember that “[a]ll enquiry involves<br />

30 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

drudgery and frustration and you need to have a strong interest in the topic to keep<br />

you going through the bad times” (Robson 2002:49). In other words, if you start <strong>of</strong>f<br />

not being interested in your topic then this is a sure-fire way to produce a lacklustre,<br />

unsatisfactory project!<br />

Summary<br />

i) Research topics are the broad areas that we are interested in examining.<br />

ii) Research questions represent gaps in our knowledge about those topics.<br />

iii) Research sub-questions are a useful way <strong>of</strong> narrowing down the focus <strong>of</strong> your<br />

research.<br />

iv) The most important issue here is your interest in the topic/ question(/s).<br />

v) The second is probably focus and feasibility … but there are many others!<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />

Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 2<br />

Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press pp. 82–89<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 31


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Easterby-Smith, M., R. Thorpe and A. Lowe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapter 1<br />

Gill, J. and P. Johnson (2002) Research Methods for Managers 3 rd Edition. London:<br />

Sage chapter 2<br />

Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />

Learning chapter 2<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 45–65<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />

5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 2<br />

Williams, M. and T. May (1996) Introduction to the Philosophy <strong>of</strong> Social Research<br />

London: UCL Press chapter 1<br />

32 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 4<br />

Quantitative and Qualitative<br />

Methods – A Selective Review


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 4<br />

Quantitative and Qualitative Research<br />

Methods – A Selective Review<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />

• distinguish between quantitative and qualitative methods<br />

• outline some <strong>of</strong> the uses <strong>of</strong> structured interviews, self-administered<br />

questionnaires, structured observation, unstructured observation,<br />

semi-structured and unstructured interviews<br />

• choose the method(s) that is right for you and your project.<br />

Introduction<br />

As suggested in the introduction to this <strong>module</strong>, there are multiple methods in the<br />

social sciences and we can’t cover all <strong>of</strong> them in a <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> like this. Instead<br />

we will explore issues related to the ones which, based on ULSM experience, most<br />

students <strong>of</strong> management use. This section therefore deals with examples <strong>of</strong> each<br />

method in management research and with choosing a method.<br />

Distinguishing Between Quantitative and<br />

Qualitative Methods<br />

Let’s begin with a quick distinction between quantitative methods and qualitative<br />

methods. Quantitative methods tend to generate data expressed numerically,<br />

which are analysed statistically. Quantitative data, then, are either gathered as<br />

numbers (e.g., age, income, number <strong>of</strong> children) or turned into numbers after they<br />

have been gathered (e.g., by coding responses to closed questions 4 or content<br />

analysis 5 <strong>of</strong> qualitative data). Analysis <strong>of</strong> these data is usually conducted through<br />

statistical operations, so one is looking for the relative frequency <strong>of</strong> particular<br />

variables, for what is happening on average in these data.<br />

4 A closed question is one that has a fixed set <strong>of</strong> responses such as yes/no/don’t<br />

know. More on this issue in Section 5.<br />

5 More about content analysis in Section 8.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 33


See Section 7 for more on analysing quantitative data.<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Qualitative methods, on the other hand, tend to generate data expressed in words,<br />

which are analysed conceptually. here data are collected as words – e.g., via open<br />

questions 6 – and analysis is conducted through classifying these data into categories or<br />

themes and then trying to understand these themes via theoretical conceptualisation.<br />

Qualitative data is <strong>of</strong>ten understood as providing a ‘richer’ description <strong>of</strong> the relevant<br />

empirical site. Again, more on analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data in Section 8. Now let’s move<br />

to examine two examples <strong>of</strong> quantitative methods in more detail.<br />

Quantitative Methods<br />

The two methods we focus on here are structured interviews and self-administered<br />

questionnaires. These are also known as ‘survey’ methods, because they involve<br />

collection <strong>of</strong> standardised information, usually from a large, representative sample<br />

(more on sampling in Section 5).<br />

The researcher who chooses these methods typically wants to be objective, and to be<br />

detached from their respondents. Indeed with self-administered questionnaires the<br />

researcher may never meet the people who take part in their research. Both methods<br />

consist <strong>of</strong> asking the same questions in the same order to every respondent. The<br />

difference is that with the structured interview the researcher asks the questions<br />

verbally, either face to face or over the phone, and records the respondent’s answers<br />

in writing or electronically. With SAQs the respondent reads the questions and fills<br />

the answers out themselves by writing or typing them on to a pre-prepared form.<br />

These methods tend to rely on closed questions so responses can be quantified (i.e.,<br />

counted).<br />

What follows is an example <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> each method in management research.<br />

Structured Interviews: An Example from Management Research<br />

You may also see these referred to as formalised, standardised or respondent<br />

interviews. An example is Oliver et al. (2002) on the relationship between psychological/<br />

individual factors, organisational variables and occupational accidents. The data<br />

were gathered in the Valencia region <strong>of</strong> Spain. Some 525 structured interviews<br />

were conducted with a random sample <strong>of</strong> workers attending for annual medical<br />

checks at the Valencia health and Safety Executive. The literature on occupational<br />

accidents argues that they are caused by organisational variables and psychological<br />

or individual variables. Oliver et al. look at how these two types <strong>of</strong> factor interrelate<br />

in this regard. They set out to test a hypothetical 7 model <strong>of</strong> such interrelations which<br />

they developed based on the relevant literature.<br />

6 An open question allows any answer that the respondent – the person<br />

answering the question – sees fit to give. Again more on this in Section 5.<br />

7 We discuss hypotheses further below.<br />

34 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

The interviews asked respondents questions about<br />

• their biographical data like their age and their job;<br />

• their experience <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> occupational accidents over the preceding<br />

two years;<br />

• organisational variables like their perceptions <strong>of</strong> how supportive colleagues<br />

and supervisors were and how seriously management took the issue <strong>of</strong> safety;<br />

• the quality <strong>of</strong> work conditions like levels <strong>of</strong> noise, lighting etc.;<br />

• their general health;<br />

• and their own safety behaviour – e.g., did they ever take shortcuts when<br />

using equipment? Did they always wear the correct safety gear?<br />

Oliver et al.’s findings suggest that organisational variables are a key issue in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

how workers assess workplace hazards – so safety behaviours are not influenced by<br />

the riskiness <strong>of</strong> the work as such, but more by the safety procedures in place. human<br />

factors are identified here as significant as opposed to ‘hardware’ or technical factors<br />

– and the conclusion is that there is a real need to actively manage safety and to stamp<br />

out unsafe practices and shortcuts. Levels <strong>of</strong> stress were also shown to mediate – i.e.,<br />

either reduce or enhance – safety behaviours, so social support is also an important<br />

issue in reducing accidents at work according to these findings.<br />

Self-Administered Questionnaires: An Example from Management Research<br />

Naudé et al. (1997) used self-administered questionnaires to examine the extent to<br />

which managers use a range <strong>of</strong> statistical techniques in their jobs. The authors suggest<br />

that these techniques allow more reasoned and rational decisions to be made by<br />

managers, and say this is supported by the existing research. But how frequently are<br />

these techniques actually used in management decision making? The available data<br />

suggest they are not necessarily used very frequently, despite rising numbers <strong>of</strong> MBA<br />

graduate numbers and the central place that quantitative techniques have on any<br />

MBA programme. So Naudé et al. wanted to measure how much these techniques are<br />

used by MBA graduates at work – and they selected 13 commonly taught techniques<br />

including forecasting models, regression and correlation, and probability analysis.<br />

The researchers sent an SAQ to 3419 respondents in the UK, South Africa and New<br />

Zealand. A total <strong>of</strong> 1219 were returned, giving a response rate <strong>of</strong> 36% 8 . The SAQ<br />

asked<br />

8 As should be obvious, response rate is the numbers <strong>of</strong> people responding as<br />

against the total number <strong>of</strong> SAQs sent out. here then 3419 SAQs were sent out, and<br />

1219 people responded. The calculation thus becomes 1219 divided by 3419, which<br />

gives a response rate <strong>of</strong> 35.65% (rounded up to 36%).<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 35


• for biographical data like the respondent’s management level;<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

• which quantitative techniques they used at work and why (or why not, where<br />

techniques weren’t used);<br />

• which they used most <strong>of</strong>ten;<br />

• whether the respondent had any suggestions regarding the appropriate<br />

content <strong>of</strong> an MBA quantitative methods <strong>module</strong>.<br />

The results show consistent usage <strong>of</strong> a range <strong>of</strong> methods at between 60–70% in<br />

each country and indicate that respondents had broadly the same reasons for using<br />

and not using various methods. There was also a relatively low level <strong>of</strong> awareness <strong>of</strong><br />

some techniques in particular – e.g., non-parametric tests and multivariate models.<br />

Naudé et al. suggest this might either be because the respondents had forgotten<br />

these methods from their MBA studies, or they had never been introduced to them.<br />

New Zealand respondents tended to use all methods more frequently. Again Naudé<br />

et al. suggest this might be because quantitative methods are taught differently on<br />

MBA programmes in this country, or because the NZ respondents were younger on<br />

average than the other two cohorts, so may have needed more quantitative techniques<br />

because <strong>of</strong> their more junior (and so more operational) roles.<br />

Regarding recommendations for MBA quantitative methods <strong>module</strong>s, Naudé et al.’s<br />

experience is that these are unpopular with students. however, their data suggest<br />

none <strong>of</strong> the techniques should be excluded, although some may be better delivered<br />

as part <strong>of</strong> an elective. This suggests an existing overlap between supply (what MBA<br />

tutors think is needed) and demand (what MBA students want). Other research they<br />

refer to argues that the practical application and relevance <strong>of</strong> these techniques to<br />

real-life management work may be neglected on MBA <strong>module</strong>s. Naudé et al. say more<br />

research is therefore needed on how to teach statistics to postgraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />

management.<br />

NB Quantitative research methods also include the use <strong>of</strong> quantitative secondary<br />

data, i.e., existing data, usually from large and representative samples, and expressed<br />

in numerical and/or statistical form such as the UK Labour Force Survey or Census,<br />

performance data from company annual reports, organisations’ absence records or<br />

quantitative data from existing academic publications.<br />

Quantitative/Qualitative Methods<br />

All methods can be varied to become more or less quantitative or qualitative where<br />

necessary, more <strong>of</strong> which below when we discuss hybrid methods. however,<br />

observation, which involves watching people go about their everyday business, is<br />

one method that is routinely either quantitative or qualitative, depending on how it<br />

is used. Structured observation is a quantitative method, whereas non-structured<br />

observation is typically qualitative.<br />

36 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Structured observation is usually intended to be objective, detached and aims to<br />

quantify behaviour. So the researcher uses a ‘tick box’ observation schedule where<br />

they record how many times people do something, the order in which they do it and/<br />

or how long it takes to do it. Non-structured observation wants instead to understand<br />

naturally occurring activity with the aim <strong>of</strong> understanding it in ‘the round’, in all<br />

its complexity, as opposed to the attempt to focus on specific behaviours and to<br />

quantify them as in structured observation.<br />

But observation can also be classified as either participant (also known as<br />

ethnography) – i.e., actually living or working amongst the people in whom you<br />

are interested and taking a full part in their daily activities – or non-participant<br />

(also called passive) observation. In the latter the researcher simply watches naturally<br />

occurring activity without taking part. It would be difficult to conduct participant<br />

observation which was also structured, however, and this is usually not the intention:<br />

instead the researcher wants to immerse themselves in others’ experiences.<br />

Still another way in which observation can be classified is as covert (where respondents<br />

do not know they are being watched, because the researcher is pretending to be<br />

someone else, like a new colleague, or because respondents are being recorded<br />

via the use <strong>of</strong> technology like CCTV) versus overt (where they do know they are<br />

being observed). Both covert and overt observation can be either structured or nonstructured<br />

and either participant or passive.<br />

Thinking point 4.1: Covert observation<br />

how would you feel if you realised that someone you thought was a<br />

new recruit to your organisation had in fact been observing you and<br />

your colleagues covertly for the last six months, and was going to write<br />

up the resulting data for publication in an academic journal?<br />

We will return to the ethics <strong>of</strong> covert observation in Section 6.<br />

What follows is one example <strong>of</strong> structured observation, and two examples <strong>of</strong> nonstructured<br />

observation, in management research.<br />

Structured Observation: An Example from Management Research<br />

Martinko and Gardner (1990) take henry Mintzberg’s well known non-participant<br />

observation study <strong>of</strong> five CEOs, published in the early 1970s, as their starting point.<br />

This previous study argues that management work is “varied, brief, fragmented and<br />

highly interpersonal” (Martinko and Gardner 1990:329). But the literature suggests<br />

there is still some controversy about Mintzberg’s claim in terms <strong>of</strong> the extent to<br />

which management work is non-systematic and thus hard to control or plan.<br />

Martinko and Gardner replicate 9 Mintzberg’s study using structured observation.<br />

9 That is to say, they repeated his methodology on a different sample <strong>of</strong> people.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 37


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

They also aim to explore relationships between management behaviour, management<br />

effectiveness and environmental and demographic variables, since they think the<br />

last two issues have been neglected in the relevant literature. Martinko and Gardner<br />

start with three hypotheses based on this literature: 1. that management work is<br />

varied, brief, fragmented and highly interpersonal; 2. that there are differences in<br />

behaviour between effective and less effective managers (i.e., in terms <strong>of</strong> what they<br />

do and how they do it); and 3. that biographical and environmental differences affect<br />

management behaviour.<br />

Using the categories <strong>of</strong> management activity developed by Mintzberg, Martinko and<br />

Gardner studied 41 US school principals, <strong>of</strong> which 22 were high and 19 moderate<br />

performers according to data like their students’ performance in national tests.<br />

Environmental and demographic variables included the grade level covered by the<br />

school (i.e., elementary or secondary), staff numbers in the school and levels <strong>of</strong><br />

urbanisation in the surrounding area. Minute by minute descriptive observation was<br />

performed but separate behavioural events were also classified according to how<br />

long they lasted, who initiated them (e.g., the principal themselves or someone else)<br />

and what kind <strong>of</strong> event they represented (e.g., scheduled meetings, unscheduled<br />

meetings, phone calls etc.). The average length <strong>of</strong> observation was 6.7 days per<br />

principal. All observation was also non-participant and overt.<br />

Data were then coded according to the purposes <strong>of</strong> the event – e.g., scheduling,<br />

receiving information, giving information – and Mintzberg’s managerial roles – e.g.,<br />

was the principal acting as a figurehead, a disseminator, a negotiator etc. during<br />

this particular event? The results confirm that management work is varied, brief,<br />

fragmented and interpersonal – i.e., much <strong>of</strong> it is spontaneous, non-scheduled and/or<br />

not initiated by the manager themselves. Moreover, 50% <strong>of</strong> these managers’ time was<br />

spent on interpersonal and informal communication. So hypothesis 1 was supported.<br />

Managers’ behaviour does not however seem to be linked to performance in these<br />

data (so hypothesis 2 is not supported), although environmental and demographic<br />

factors were linked to different management behaviours (supporting hypothesis 3).<br />

Unstructured Observation: Two Examples from Management Research<br />

The first example we use here is also a classic piece <strong>of</strong> participant observation. Roy<br />

(1960) worked as an assembly line operative (i.e., doing very monotonous, unskilled<br />

work) with three other men – Ike, George and Sammy – for an extended period <strong>of</strong><br />

time. Ike, George and Sammy thought he was a university student who needed extra<br />

money; so this observation was also covert. As Roy (1960:205–206) suggests, “My<br />

account <strong>of</strong> how one group <strong>of</strong> machine operators kept from ‘going nuts’ in a situation<br />

<strong>of</strong> monotonous work activity attempts to lay bare the tissues <strong>of</strong> interaction which<br />

made up the content <strong>of</strong> their adjustment.” In other words, his focus was on how this<br />

group <strong>of</strong> men actually coped with such boring, repetitive work day after day.<br />

To be more specific, after a while, Roy began to notice that the three men had<br />

developed various ‘times’ which helped them to get through the shifts. These ‘times’<br />

were frequent but short. They marked the actual passage <strong>of</strong> the working day because<br />

they always took place at the same time in the shift. But more importantly they<br />

38 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

functioned to provide a focus <strong>of</strong> interest and discussion until the next ‘time’ took<br />

place – even though these times were the same every day! For example, at Banana<br />

Time (also the title <strong>of</strong> the article), Ike would steal and eat the banana that Sammy<br />

always brought for his lunch. Sammy would complain, and George would mildly<br />

remonstrate with both <strong>of</strong> them.<br />

There were also ‘themes’, which were standard patterns <strong>of</strong> interaction in which the<br />

group engaged. These were not, however, as predictable in their occurrence and<br />

regularity as the ‘times’. ‘Themes’ included the ‘pr<strong>of</strong>essor theme’. George, who was<br />

both the formal leader <strong>of</strong> the group and highly respected by his colleagues, had a<br />

daughter who had married the son <strong>of</strong> a college pr<strong>of</strong>essor. George would regularly<br />

regale the group with stories <strong>of</strong> the wedding and his Sunday walks with the pr<strong>of</strong>essor,<br />

or dinner with the pr<strong>of</strong>essor’s family. Roy felt the respect shown to George by Ike and<br />

Sammy was at least in part due to the ‘pr<strong>of</strong>essor theme’.<br />

Our second example focuses on shopfloor humour and took place in the components<br />

division <strong>of</strong> a lorry-making factory in North West England. Two hundred and fifty men<br />

worked in the division. Collinson (1988) explores how the men’s joking reflected and<br />

reinforced their values as well as representing resistance to management, a way to<br />

control each other and so on. Examples <strong>of</strong> the humour included:<br />

• nicknames – e.g., ‘Electric Lips’ couldn’t keep secrets, and ‘Silver Sleeve’ didn’t<br />

use a handkerchief (Collinson 1988:185, 195)<br />

• pranks such as an amateur weightlifter being challenged to lift Allan, a colleague<br />

who could apparently make himself heavier “at will”. The weightlifter failed<br />

because someone else had nailed his shoes to the board he was standing on,<br />

so he was “trying to lift Allan, the board and himself” (Collinson 1988:188);<br />

• initiation rites for new workers like being sent to another colleague to ask for<br />

“a long stand”, and being asked after standing waiting for some time “Is that<br />

long enough?” (Collinson 1988:189);<br />

• jokes at each other’s expense – e.g., one colleague sending a rate-fixer to study<br />

another rate fixer’s job, “with the implication that he was lazy” (Collinson<br />

1988:195);<br />

• jokes at the management’s expense, like a story about three foremen not<br />

being informed about a training course in communication skills (Collinson<br />

1988:186).<br />

The humour, as is obvious from the examples above, was very unforgiving and harsh.<br />

It was also very masculine, indeed macho, sexual and contained lots <strong>of</strong> epithets.<br />

In a similar vein to Roy, Collinson emphasises that these men did repetitive and<br />

mundane work, worked the longest hours in the factory and had very poor terms<br />

and conditions – all <strong>of</strong> which suggested they “were the least valued and most easily<br />

disposable <strong>of</strong> employees” (Collinson 1988:185). So they had developed a culture <strong>of</strong><br />

humour which preserved their self-esteem through, for example, emphasising their<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 39


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

masculinity compared to what they called the “twats and nancy boys” (Collinson<br />

1988:186) in the <strong>of</strong>fices. These <strong>of</strong>fice workers had (as the men saw it) no freedom to<br />

joke around.<br />

The humour, in addition, helped with boredom, and was a means to achieve acceptance<br />

from colleagues. If an employee could both ‘dish it out’ and ‘take it’ he became ‘one<br />

<strong>of</strong> the gang’. If someone didn’t join in then they were ostracised. Finally humour<br />

was used as a disciplinary mechanism to bring colleagues into line – e.g., someone<br />

would <strong>of</strong>ten become the butt <strong>of</strong> a cruel joke if they were seen not to be working hard<br />

enough, because part <strong>of</strong> the men’s wages was based on a collective bonus system.<br />

We should also note that Collinson simply watched day to day interaction in this<br />

environment – i.e., this observation was non-participant – and that the men were<br />

aware that he was an academic researcher, so the observation was overt.<br />

Qualitative Methods<br />

The two methods we discuss here are semi-structured and unstructured interviews.<br />

You may also see these referred to as informal, non-standardised, informant, nondirective,<br />

open-ended or in-depth interviews. In some ways they might be seen as<br />

variants <strong>of</strong> each other; the difference simply being the level <strong>of</strong> structure employed in<br />

the interview schedule.<br />

These methods are (usually) face to face interactions between researcher and<br />

respondent during which the researcher wants to cover particular topics and ask<br />

specific questions, but (unlike structured interviews) where the order in which the<br />

questions are asked and the wording used depends on the respondent. For example,<br />

the respondent might highlight issues in answering one question which aren’t due to<br />

be covered until later in the schedule, but here the researcher would move straight<br />

to asking about these issues as this follows the respondent’s logic. So the interview<br />

is effectively led by the respondent as opposed to being led by the researcher, as<br />

in the structured interview. Open questions are typically used and there is usually no<br />

particular emphasis by the researcher on objectivity or detachment – instead they aim<br />

to build up a rapport with their respondents, to really get to know them during the<br />

interview process.<br />

Such interviews (along with non-structured observation) are also known as ‘case<br />

study’ methods, because they gather rich and detailed data, usually from a small<br />

sample which tends not to be representative <strong>of</strong> a wider population. What follows is<br />

an example <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> each method in management research.<br />

Semi-Structured Interviews: An Example from Management Research<br />

Our first example is Brewis (2000), who discusses the results <strong>of</strong> semi-structured<br />

interviews with 16 women about their experiences <strong>of</strong> their bodies at work. Because<br />

the sample was small and a combination <strong>of</strong> convenience, purposive and self-selection<br />

sampling techniques was used (more <strong>of</strong> which in Section 5), Brewis does not identify<br />

40 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

it as in any way representative <strong>of</strong> working women more generally. Instead the data<br />

gathered are treated as a series <strong>of</strong> “impressions and interpretations <strong>of</strong> the experience<br />

<strong>of</strong> having a female body” (Brewis 2000:171). These data suggest that the respondents’<br />

body images are produced by exposure to others’ reactions, others’ bodies and<br />

cultural images <strong>of</strong> women’s bodies (e.g., in advertisements). So these women have<br />

‘learnt’ about their bodies, about how attractive and socially acceptable they are, by<br />

being in the world, seeing other people’s bodies and noting how other people react<br />

to their bodies.<br />

The respondents also mainly felt that their bodies didn’t ‘measure up’ to cultural<br />

expectations about women’s bodies. Nonetheless, they didn’t always spend much<br />

time rectifying this. For example, the mothers in the sample said they spent much<br />

more time on preparing their children’s bodies for school than in preparing their own<br />

bodies for work, because this is a crucial part <strong>of</strong> being a mother. Other women who<br />

spent very little time getting ready in the mornings seemed to regard bodily titivation<br />

and preparation as ‘feminine’ activities, whereas they needed to be seen as more<br />

‘masculine’ (objective, rational, logical, assertive etc.) in their organisational roles.<br />

however these respondents still thought they were labelled by their bodily sex at<br />

work. For example, two women who defined themselves as overweight believed<br />

colleagues saw them as lacking discipline or self-control, because women almost<br />

have to ‘embody’ these characteristics in the workplace whereas an overweight man<br />

would not be judged in this way. Some respondents worked to ‘blend in’ as a result<br />

– e.g., wearing masculine suits to play down their biological sex. Others wanted to<br />

stand out a bit more and used their bodies to their advantage. So several respondents<br />

said that female bodies, being smaller than men’s in the main, can be beneficial in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> managing conflict situations at work (such as an angry customer) because<br />

people see them as less threatening.<br />

Unstructured Interviews: An Example from Management Research<br />

Cashmore (2002) reports data from unstructured interviews, some undertaken oneon-one,<br />

others in the form <strong>of</strong> focus groups where several respondents discuss the<br />

relevant issues as a group as prompted and guided by the researcher. his research<br />

topic is ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers’ views <strong>of</strong> cultural diversity in the police service. One<br />

hundred African Caribbean and South Asian police <strong>of</strong>ficers in three English regions<br />

– the West Midlands, Norfolk and Derbyshire – took part. Each area is very different<br />

from the others in terms <strong>of</strong> ethnic minority population. The research took place<br />

18 months after the February 1999 publication <strong>of</strong> the Macpherson Report into the<br />

racist murder <strong>of</strong> black teenager Stephen Lawrence in London in 1993. This report<br />

suggested that the Metropolitan Police are institutionally, systematically racist, which<br />

in part accounted for their failure to bring anyone successfully to trial for Stephen’s<br />

murder. It made two key recommendations: that the police should seek to recruit<br />

more ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers and that better cultural diversity training was needed<br />

in the police service. The report also put targets in place regarding the recruitment <strong>of</strong><br />

ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 41


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Cashmore focuses on how ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers themselves interpret the Macpherson<br />

recommendations. Interestingly, their reaction was mainly negative. First, <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />

suggested that initiatives like these are <strong>of</strong>ten more about public relations and the<br />

external image <strong>of</strong> the police service than actually addressing institutional racism.<br />

They also pointed out that such initiatives have tended to fail in the past. So what<br />

looks like action or progress in fact is not. Second, they were not sure the targets set<br />

were realistic. Third, <strong>of</strong>ficers commented that targeting ethnic minority people for<br />

recruitment purposes might be tokenistic, so that new recruits who come into the<br />

service as a result <strong>of</strong> these initiatives might not be as motivated or as able as existing<br />

<strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />

Fourth, they suggested the police service culture tends to dilute any existing ethnic<br />

minority affiliation held by its members anyway. Indeed these <strong>of</strong>ficers felt they now<br />

saw the world through ‘white eyes’ because they had been working in the service<br />

for some time. Fifth, they commented that diversity training in the service focuses<br />

on dealing with the public, but needs to focus more on how police colleagues relate<br />

to each other … and so on. Cashmore makes several recommendations to the police<br />

service on the basis <strong>of</strong> these data, including the fast tracking <strong>of</strong> ethnic minority <strong>of</strong>ficers<br />

to more senior positions, to demonstrate that they can ‘make it’ both to potential<br />

ethnic minority recruits and the British media. however, he does acknowledge that<br />

this is likely to generate resentment from white <strong>of</strong>ficers.<br />

NB Qualitative research methods also include the use <strong>of</strong> qualitative secondary<br />

data, i.e., existing data, in descriptive/narrative form, such as minutes <strong>of</strong> meetings,<br />

text from annual reports, newspaper articles, court reports, qualitative data from<br />

academic publications etc.<br />

hopefully the section so far has given you an idea <strong>of</strong> what these various research<br />

methods can be used to do, which should go some way towards helping you to<br />

choose one. The next section deals with the process <strong>of</strong> choosing in much more depth.<br />

Choosing a Method<br />

One key issue in choosing a method is what its strengths and weaknesses are, which<br />

we deal with in a task for this section (see the <strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site), and how<br />

these strengths and weaknesses relate to your own research. here though we cover<br />

some other considerations, as follows.<br />

What Kind <strong>of</strong> Research Are You Interested In Doing? What Kind <strong>of</strong> Stance Do You<br />

Want to Take?<br />

First, are you more interested in quantities or qualities? An interest in quantities or<br />

frequencies <strong>of</strong> social phenomena – i.e., how many there are, how widespread they<br />

are, where they are, when they occur, the extent to which they occur etc. – imply<br />

that you want to count or measure these phenomena. In other words, you want to<br />

quantify them.<br />

42 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

For example, perhaps you want to<br />

• count different types <strong>of</strong> organisational structure or organisational culture in<br />

a particular organisation or industry<br />

• quantify the extent to which a particular organisation engages in relationship<br />

marketing<br />

• measure how much charismatic leadership particular leaders display<br />

• quantify employee stress or motivation or productivity in a given organisation<br />

• measure the efficiency <strong>of</strong> a specific market<br />

• quantify how different types <strong>of</strong> auditor’s reports affect share prices in a<br />

particular industry<br />

• measure the ways in which a particular supply chain adds value to a good or<br />

service … etc.<br />

If you are interested in quantities then a quantitative, survey method would work best<br />

for you, like a self-administered questionnaire, a structured interview, quantitative<br />

secondary data or structured observation.<br />

On the other hand, you might be more interested in assessing or exploring what<br />

these phenomena mean – i.e., their qualities – for those in a particular empirical site.<br />

As John Van Maanen (cited in Alvesson and Deetz 2000:70) suggests, qualitative,<br />

case study methods like non-structured observation, semi- or unstructured interviews<br />

and qualitative secondary data encompass “an array <strong>of</strong> interpretive techniques which<br />

seek to describe, decode, translate and otherwise come to terms with the meaning,<br />

not the frequency, <strong>of</strong> certain more or less naturally occurring phenomena in the social<br />

world”. So these sorts <strong>of</strong> methods are better at teasing out qualities as defined above.<br />

Second, are you inclined towards independence or involvement? Do you think it<br />

is important to be independent <strong>of</strong> and detached from your respondents or to be<br />

involved with them? Do you value objectivity, impersonality and value freedom<br />

more than subjectivity, interpretation and immersion? If yes, then a quantitative,<br />

survey method would work best for you. If no, then choose a qualitative, case study<br />

method.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 43


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Third, do you want to explain or explore? Quantitative, survey methods tend to focus<br />

on identifying the casual connections or correlations between variables – on trying<br />

to explain why certain things happen or how they relate to each other. So you might<br />

want to ask what causes (/produces/generates) motivation, or stress, or productivity in<br />

a specific organisational environment, or to investigate what lies behind a particular<br />

market crash. Or perhaps you want to know whether gender relates to earnings in a<br />

given context, or whether the money supply relates to inflation in another. There is an<br />

emphasis here on trends and regularities and the discovery <strong>of</strong> scientific laws about<br />

human behaviour.<br />

On the other hand, you might be more interested in exploration. Perhaps you feel<br />

that looking for causes <strong>of</strong> or patterns in human behaviour is too mechanistic,<br />

deterministic, static or reductionist – that it over-simplifies human behaviour and<br />

ignores our capacity for reflexivity and change, especially as interactions between<br />

people from different parts <strong>of</strong> the world are more and more likely as a result <strong>of</strong><br />

globalisation. You would therefore be more interested in exploring a particular sort<br />

<strong>of</strong> behaviour as a whole and complex phenomenon instead <strong>of</strong> trying to ‘boil it down’<br />

to its causes or constituent patterns. here there may also be more <strong>of</strong> an emphasis<br />

on process and change – on how people come together and influence each other in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> values, beliefs, behaviours etc., and on the idea that, because something<br />

was once true about human behaviour, this does not mean it will always be. If this<br />

sounds more like your <strong>PMP</strong> research then you should choose a qualitative, case study<br />

method.<br />

Fourth, do you want to test theories (deductivism) or generate theories<br />

(inductivism)? Gummesson (2000:63) defines these two approaches as follows:<br />

“Deductive research starts with existing theories and concepts and<br />

formulates hypotheses that are subsequently tested; its vantage point<br />

is received theory. Inductive research starts with real-world data, and<br />

categories, concepts, patterns, models, and eventually, theories emerge<br />

from this input.”<br />

Deductivism therefore involves verifying (or modifying or rejecting) a hypothesis<br />

about how the world works by testing it against real world data. If you want to do<br />

deductive research, you should choose a quantitative, survey method. The important<br />

thing about hypotheses is that they have to be expressed or framed in a way that<br />

allows them to be tested; so they need to be as precise as possible. Example 4.1<br />

provides an illustration.<br />

44 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Example 4.1: Hypothesis testing in deductive research<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essor X has developed three hypotheses, set out below:<br />

1. that male undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management at the<br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television during the average<br />

week than female undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management<br />

2. that British undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management at the<br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television during the average<br />

week than undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management from<br />

elsewhere in the world<br />

3. that first year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management at the<br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television during the average<br />

week than second and third year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />

management.<br />

She tests these hypotheses by sending out a self-administered<br />

questionnaire to all current undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management<br />

about their television viewing habits. Pr<strong>of</strong>essor X’s data allow her to:<br />

1. accept hypothesis 1: male undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management<br />

at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> DO watch more television during<br />

the average week than female undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />

management, by about 15%<br />

2. reject hypothesis 2: British undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />

management and undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management from<br />

elsewhere in the world at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch about<br />

the same amount <strong>of</strong> television during the average week<br />

3. modify hypothesis 3: first year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />

management AND second year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong><br />

management at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> watch more television<br />

than third year undergraduate students <strong>of</strong> management.<br />

The Oliver et al. (2002) and Martinko and Gardner (1990) papers<br />

discussed above are also examples <strong>of</strong> deductive research.<br />

Inductivism on the other hand gathers the data first and then seeks to understand<br />

or theorise it afterwards to explain that particular situation. The theory which is<br />

generated is grounded in these data, and is sometimes claimed to be closer to the<br />

real world, and more authentic and concrete, as a result. If you want to do inductive<br />

research, you should choose a qualitative, case study method.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 45


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Fifth, is your research question/s characterised by scope or depth? Research<br />

characterised by scope is macro research – it looks at the ‘big picture’, and tries to<br />

identify trends or developments at this level. Econometrics is an example. It uses<br />

statistical analysis <strong>of</strong> large samples to identify key factors in the workings <strong>of</strong> national<br />

economies and to predict what will happen when these factors change (e.g., the<br />

interest rate). For macro research, you should choose a quantitative, survey method.<br />

Research characterised by depth is micro research which focuses more on individuals.<br />

So a micro economist would be more interested in how actual individuals behave<br />

in specific economies or economic sectors, and why they behave this way. Micro<br />

research uses much smaller samples because it aims to know a lot about a small<br />

number <strong>of</strong> people (depth) as opposed to knowing a small amount about a lot <strong>of</strong><br />

people (scope/macro). So micro research is more interested in the specific than<br />

the general (Gummesson 2000:177). Micro researchers sometimes accuse macro<br />

researchers <strong>of</strong> producing data and findings which are superficial, overly abstract<br />

in their statistical correlations and quantifications and “very remote from everyday<br />

practice” (Alvesson and Deetz 2000:60). If you want to do micro research, you should<br />

choose a qualitative, case study method.<br />

But there is still more to choosing an appropriate method/s than this. Let’s move on<br />

to issues around feasibility and desirability.<br />

Feasibility and Desirability<br />

As we have already indicated in our discussion <strong>of</strong> research questions in Section 3,<br />

feasibility is very important in research – in other words, is your research actually<br />

achievable or practical? Do you have sufficient resources in terms <strong>of</strong> money and<br />

equipment (e.g., a tape recorder for interviews)? Does the method you have chosen<br />

reflect your own skills and preferences? For example, if you are very shy, then<br />

interviewing probably isn’t a great idea. Respondents also react in different ways to<br />

different methods. The aforementioned task on methods’ strengths and weaknesses<br />

will introduce you to issues like SAQ fatigue or the intrusive nature <strong>of</strong> observation<br />

(which might also affect your ability to gain access to the empirical site). This task<br />

also establishes that some methods are also more time consuming to administer than<br />

others – e.g., observation as compared to an SAQ – but then SAQs take a long time to<br />

design. Further, large samples might not be realistic in terms <strong>of</strong> how much data they<br />

generate – do you have time to analyse them all?<br />

Then there are a whole set <strong>of</strong> issues around what we might call desirability. here we<br />

are, firstly, concerned with issues <strong>of</strong> ethics (e.g., problems associated with covert<br />

observation – as discussed in the task mentioned above and again in Section 6).<br />

Second, will the method you have chosen make a contribution (refer back to Sections<br />

2 and 3)? Finally, will the method you choose allow you to answer your research<br />

questions? Does it therefore achieve what we might call best fit? In other words, do<br />

its strengths match your particular research questions? For example, there isn’t much<br />

point in using structured observation to count the number <strong>of</strong> incidents involving<br />

conflict in a particular work environment if what you are interested in is why this<br />

conflict comes about. Qualitative interviews would be better for this kind <strong>of</strong> research.<br />

Equally, if you want to find out about sensitive issues like what causes high levels <strong>of</strong><br />

46 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

sickness absence in one particular firm, then face to face interviews might not be the<br />

ideal way to go. Anonymous SAQs are more likely to encourage respondents to (a)<br />

take part and (b) be honest!<br />

Another variation on the methods theme is hybrid methods. We made an implicit<br />

reference to these above when we were talking about observation potentially being<br />

both quantitative and qualitative. There we suggested that all research methods can<br />

be varied to become more or less qualitative or quantitative if circumstances require<br />

it. An example would be where the ideal choice for a project in terms <strong>of</strong> best fit is<br />

semi-structured interviews, but respondents live in a different region or country to<br />

the researcher and travelling to interview them is not feasible. Thus here an SAQ<br />

might be used but with a lot <strong>of</strong> open questions (hence a kind <strong>of</strong> halfway, qualitative/<br />

quantitative hybrid) to gather the qualitative data which the researcher needs.<br />

Another alternative is to use an Internet chat room or MSN Messenger or Face<strong>book</strong><br />

to do an interview <strong>of</strong> sorts in ‘real time’, when again travelling to interact face to face<br />

with a respondent is not possible.<br />

This takes us nearly to the end <strong>of</strong> our discussion <strong>of</strong> research methods and how to go<br />

about choosing one. Before we <strong>of</strong>fer our <strong>final</strong> thoughts, we want to say something<br />

brief about the use <strong>of</strong> secondary data, whether qualitative or quantitative, as a<br />

research method.<br />

A Note About Using Secondary Data<br />

As we stated in the introduction, this study <strong>book</strong> focuses on projects involving the<br />

collection <strong>of</strong> primary data. But if you are considering using secondary data, do take<br />

the following points on board. The list is not exhaustive but it provides you with some<br />

initial issues to think about. There is also plenty <strong>of</strong> discussion <strong>of</strong> the use <strong>of</strong> secondary<br />

data in the research methodology texts. See pp. 166–171 <strong>of</strong> chapter 6 in Blaxter et al.<br />

(2001) or chapter 21 in Bryman and Bell, for example.<br />

• Secondary data have been collected by someone else – so it is important<br />

to be sure that these data will actually enable you to answer your research<br />

questions, since they were probably collected for different purposes from<br />

yours.<br />

• You also need to think about whether the data set you want to use might<br />

be affected by weaknesses like a non-representative sample (more on<br />

this in Section 5) or biases like the <strong>of</strong>t-heard suggestion that governments<br />

manipulate unemployment figures to paint their administrations in a positive<br />

light. No data set, primary or secondary, is perfect, but if you use someone<br />

else’s you do need to be aware <strong>of</strong> its limitations. In other words, you need to<br />

find out as much as you can about the methodology and context behind the<br />

secondary data set you are interested in using, in order that you do not make<br />

exaggerated claims based on these data in your analysis.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 47


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

• how up to date is your secondary data set? Also, is it readily available (e.g.,<br />

already in the public domain)? If it is not, you may have to pay to access it and/<br />

or go through a process <strong>of</strong> gaining permission to use it if it is copyrighted.<br />

• For secondary qualitative data which document events in the past, are they<br />

in good condition? Older documents are – obviously – more likely to be<br />

damaged in some way, and less likely to be archived online.<br />

• Is the secondary data set raw or has it already been analysed? It is much<br />

more likely that the latter is the case – in other words, you are not seeing the<br />

actual answers to the questions set by the original researcher. Instead you get<br />

their analysis <strong>of</strong> those raw data. In this instance their interpretation may have<br />

affected the conclusions in various ways.<br />

And Finally ….<br />

We end this section with three important observations about research methods. First,<br />

no method is more effective across the board than any other. Instead each method<br />

has its pros and cons. So contrary to popular student belief SAQs are not ‘better’ than<br />

interviews. Both methods have strengths and weaknesses: the issue is which method<br />

is most suited to your project.<br />

Second, flexibility is also paramount. In other words you have to be prepared to<br />

alter your chosen method (and indeed other aspects <strong>of</strong> the methodology like sample,<br />

empirical site etc.) once it’s selected because unforeseen circumstances may make<br />

it impossible to follow through. For example, you might select semi-structured<br />

interviews but, when you come to negotiate access with your chosen organisation,<br />

they will only permit you to send questionnaires to their staff as they are concerned<br />

that interviews will take up too much <strong>of</strong> the working day. It’s therefore a good idea<br />

to have a contingency plan. More about research planning in Section 6.<br />

Third, remember: Whatever method you choose, you need to be able to justify<br />

it in your project’s Methodology Chapter!<br />

Summary<br />

1. Self-administered questionnaires, structured interviews, observation and<br />

semi-/unstructured interviews are the methods most commonly used by<br />

students <strong>of</strong> management (in our experience at least, which is why we cover<br />

them here).<br />

2. All research methods have strengths and weaknesses.<br />

3. These should be borne in mind when choosing a method, as should issues<br />

around the kind <strong>of</strong> research you want to do, feasibility, desirability etc.<br />

48 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

4. You can also use a hybrid method.<br />

5. You must however be able to defend your choice <strong>of</strong> method/s in your project.<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

Alvesson, M. and S. Deetz (2000) Doing Critical Management Research London: Sage<br />

chapter 3<br />

Baxter, L., C hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />

Open <strong>University</strong> Press<br />

Brewis, J. (2000) ‘’When a body meet a body … : experiencing the female body at<br />

work’ in L. McKie and N. Watson (eds.) Organizing Bodies: Policy, Institutions and<br />

Work houndmills, Basingstoke: Macmillan pp. 166–184<br />

Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press chapters 8, 9, 11, 17, 18 and 25<br />

Cashmore, E. (2002) ‘Behind the window dressing: ethnic minority police perspectives<br />

on cultural diversity’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Ethnic and Migration Studies 28(2):327–341<br />

Collinson, D.L. (1988) ‘“Engineering humour: masculinity, joking and conflict in<br />

shopfloor relations’ Organization Studies 9(2):181–199<br />

Easterby-Smith, M., R. Thorpe and A. Lowe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapters 7 and 9<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 49


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Gummesson, E. (2000) Qualitative Methods in Management Research 2 nd Edition.<br />

Thousand Oaks, California: Sage chapters 1 and 3, pp. 172–188<br />

Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />

Learning chapter 9 (NB you may also find useful material in chapters 10, 11 and 12)<br />

Martinko, M.J. and W. Gardner (1990) ‘Structured observation <strong>of</strong> managerial work: a<br />

replication and synthesis’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studies 27(3): 329-357<br />

Naudé, P., D. Band, S. Stray and T. Wegner (1997) `An international comparison <strong>of</strong><br />

management’s use <strong>of</strong> quantitative techniques, and the implications for MBA teaching’<br />

Management Learning 28(2):217–233<br />

Oliver, A., A. Cheyne, J.M. Tomás and S. Cox (2002) ‘The effects <strong>of</strong> organizational<br />

and individual factors on occupational accidents’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Occupational and<br />

Organizational Psychology 75:473–488<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapters 8, 9 and 11<br />

Roy, D. (1960) ‘Banana time: job satisfaction and informal interaction’ Human<br />

Organization 18:158–168<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />

5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapters 5, 9, 10 and 11<br />

Silverman, D. (2000) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong> London: Sage<br />

chapter 26<br />

Silverman, D. (2005) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong> 2 nd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapters 1 and 7<br />

50 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 5<br />

Sampling, Design and<br />

Administration


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 5<br />

Sampling, Design and Administration<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />

• understand how to gather primary data by sampling<br />

• understand different types <strong>of</strong> sampling and the advantages and<br />

disadvantages <strong>of</strong> each<br />

• design your own research schedule according to the method(s)<br />

chosen to collect your data<br />

• administer your research schedule effectively.<br />

Introduction<br />

Where Section 4 discusses the methods themselves – or at least those most commonly<br />

used by students like you – and how to select one or more, this section moves to the<br />

process <strong>of</strong> primary data collection. Once you have chosen your research method you<br />

will usually need to develop a sample (i.e., to select your respondents from the whole<br />

population that you are interested in), to design a research schedule (the list <strong>of</strong><br />

questions you will ask at interview or in an SAQ, or <strong>of</strong> the issues you want to focus<br />

on in observation) and to administer it (i.e., to actually gather your data). We discuss<br />

sampling first.<br />

Sampling<br />

Most primary data gathering involves sampling <strong>of</strong> some kind, because it is usually<br />

impossible for reasons <strong>of</strong> time and money to study everyone in the population you<br />

are interested in. Your population involves everyone that you are interested in (e.g.,<br />

all the employees in a particular organisation; all the distance learning students at a<br />

particular university; all the nurses at a particular hospital; all the administrative staff<br />

at a specific city council; all the clients <strong>of</strong> a local business … and so on). Secondary<br />

data sets will usually also have been drawn from some kind <strong>of</strong> sample, as opposed to<br />

an entire population. There are two basic types <strong>of</strong> sampling technique; probability<br />

and non-probability.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 51


Probability Sampling<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

This technique is associated with quantitative, survey research. Probability sampling<br />

means you can say with confidence that everyone in a given population had an equal<br />

chance <strong>of</strong> being included in the sample. Thus the sample is representative <strong>of</strong> that<br />

population. In research terms, this also means you are able to generalise from the<br />

sample to the wider population – i.e., to say that what is happening in the sample<br />

is also happening in the population from which it is taken. Say for example there<br />

are 5000 distance learning students at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> X, and this is the population<br />

you are interested in. If we take a representative sample <strong>of</strong> 500 <strong>of</strong> those students,<br />

then whatever we find out about these 500 people can also be said to pertain to the<br />

remaining 4500 people in the population.<br />

Probability sampling minimises what is known as sampling error. In other words, it<br />

reduces the likelihood <strong>of</strong> including non-representative respondents who do not typify<br />

the characteristics <strong>of</strong> your population in some way. The highest sampling error which<br />

is acceptable if you want to claim to have generated a representative sample is 5%<br />

- i.e., where 5% <strong>of</strong> your sample do not reflect the population’s characteristics. Put<br />

another way, this generates a 95% ‘level <strong>of</strong> certainty’ or confidence level.<br />

Importantly, probability sampling is only actually possible when you have a complete<br />

and up-to-date sampling frame. ThIS IS IMPORTANT! A comprehensive sampling<br />

frame is a full and up to date list <strong>of</strong> everyone in the population, and Thinking point<br />

5.1 below asks you to consider this issue in more detail. MOST DIPLOMA STUDENTS<br />

WILL NOT BE ABLE TO AChIEVE A REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLE BECAUSE ThEY WILL<br />

NOT hAVE ACCESS TO A COMPLETE SAMPLING FRAME. This does not mean that<br />

you cannot draw inferences or speculations from your sample, or that it doesn’t<br />

represent the wider population in which you are interested in any way. But what it<br />

does mean is that generalisations <strong>of</strong> the conventional sort are not possible, unless<br />

your population is relatively small and you have access to a complete sampling frame<br />

for that population. Also see Section 9 on this issue: students very <strong>of</strong>ten make the<br />

error <strong>of</strong> suggesting that their samples are representative when they are not, and<br />

generalising when their data do not in fact permit this kind <strong>of</strong> analysis, when they<br />

write their projects up. We also alluded to this kind <strong>of</strong> error in Section 1.<br />

52 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Thinking point 5.1: Which <strong>of</strong> these are complete sampling frames?<br />

Imagine you were doing research on the following populations, and you<br />

had access to the associated sampling frames. Which <strong>of</strong> these sampling<br />

frames would allow you to develop a representative sample <strong>of</strong> the<br />

relevant population?<br />

1. Population A: all adults living in the city <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />

Sampling frame A: the current electoral register for the city <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Leicester</strong><br />

2. Population B: all adults living in the city <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />

Sampling frame B: the current <strong>Leicester</strong> household telephone<br />

directory<br />

3. Population C: all staff at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />

Sampling frame C: the staff list held by the Personnel Department<br />

at the <strong>University</strong><br />

4. Population D: all staff at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong><br />

Sampling frame D: a list <strong>of</strong> staff attending the graduation<br />

ceremonies in January 2010 and July 2010<br />

5. Population E: all staff at the <strong>Leicester</strong> branch <strong>of</strong> the high street<br />

opticians Specsavers<br />

Sampling frame E: the payroll list for <strong>Leicester</strong> Specsavers<br />

6. Population F: all staff at the <strong>Leicester</strong> branch <strong>of</strong> the high street<br />

opticians Specsavers<br />

Sampling frame F: a list <strong>of</strong> staff at the branch compiled by your<br />

friend who works there part-time<br />

Four Key Examples <strong>of</strong> Probability Sampling Techniques<br />

This is not an exhaustive list! The first and easiest technique is known as simple<br />

random sampling, which means literally choosing respondents at random from<br />

your sampling frame until you have the number you need (see below). This can be<br />

likened to picking people out <strong>of</strong> a hat; and you could even choose to do it this way.<br />

Then there is systematic sampling, which involves selecting the first respondent at<br />

random and then every nth respondent after that, depending on desired sample size.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 53


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

So if you had a population <strong>of</strong> 1000, and you wanted a sample <strong>of</strong> 100, you would<br />

choose the first respondent randomly and then every 10th respondent after that.<br />

Third is stratified random sampling. This is the best way to ensure that your sample<br />

does in fact reflect your population where you are particularly interested in certain<br />

demographic characteristics (i.e., the particular strata to which people belong). For<br />

example, if your population is 40% male and 60% female and you have a specific<br />

interest in gender as a potentially important variable or factor in your analysis, you<br />

could divide your sampling frame into two strata <strong>of</strong> men and women. You would<br />

then select a random proportionate sample from each stratum 10 to produce an<br />

overall sample which was also 40% male and 60% female. You can use more than<br />

one stratum (e.g., gender and occupation), but this makes it complex. The other<br />

complication with stratified random sampling is that you need a sampling frame<br />

which gives you more than just a list <strong>of</strong> names. So, to produce a stratified random<br />

sample by gender and occupational status, you would need a list that told you who<br />

was in your population but also their gender and their occupation.<br />

Our <strong>final</strong> example is known as cluster sampling. This involves dividing your sampling<br />

frame into clusters (e.g., by functional area like hRM, Marketing, Finance etc., or by<br />

organisation) and then selecting the requisite numbers <strong>of</strong> clusters – the members <strong>of</strong><br />

which will all take part – at random. It is useful for bigger populations.<br />

In order to be sure that you have a representative sample, you also need to use the<br />

formula below to identify your sample size. here n a (the end result) is the required<br />

number <strong>of</strong> respondents, n is your minimum sample size 11 and re% is expected<br />

response rate (which will <strong>of</strong> course be lower for methods like SAQs).<br />

n a = n x 100<br />

re%<br />

(Saunders et al. 2009:221)<br />

And an illustration, taken from box 7.5 in Saunders et al. (2009:221):<br />

439 (adjusted minimum sample size for customer survey) x 100 =<br />

43, 900<br />

10 The singular form <strong>of</strong> strata.<br />

11 See table 7.1 in Saunders et al. (2009:219) for guidance here. As we have<br />

suggested above, the established confidence level for a representative sample is 95:<br />

“This means that if your sample was selected 100 times, at least 95 <strong>of</strong> those samples<br />

would be certain to represent the characteristics <strong>of</strong> the population” (Saunders et al.<br />

2009:218). The table sets out minimum sample sizes for various sizes <strong>of</strong> population,<br />

in order to achieve this confidence level. It also maps these against varying margins<br />

<strong>of</strong> error, measured in percentages, which again affect the quality <strong>of</strong> the sample<br />

drawn. They range from 5% (as suggested, usually the highest margin <strong>of</strong> error which<br />

is acceptable in aiming for a representative sample) to 1%.<br />

54 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Divided by 30 (estimated response rate) = 1463 (actual sample size)<br />

Non-Probability Sampling<br />

As you might expect, this type <strong>of</strong> sampling is non-representative, and therefore does<br />

not allow for generalisation. It is usually associated with qualitative research where<br />

researchers tend to be more interested in respondents as individuals as opposed to<br />

as ‘typical’ members <strong>of</strong> a wider social group. It might also, as we suggest above, be<br />

the only option available if you do not have a complete sampling frame.<br />

Five Key Examples <strong>of</strong> Non-Probability Sampling Techniques<br />

Again this is not a comprehensive list, but these are all commonly used approaches.<br />

The first is quota sampling. This is similar to stratified random sampling in the<br />

sense that it allows the sample to reflect the population’s characteristics. however<br />

it does not produce a representative sample because selection <strong>of</strong> respondents is not<br />

random, and does not derive from a complete sampling frame. An example would<br />

be a market survey done in a city centre where a researcher needs 40 men and 60<br />

women to respond to mirror the city’s gender ratio, but can only approach potential<br />

respondents who are actually out in the city centre at the time, and passing close<br />

by to where the researcher is standing. Furthermore, in the end the only people<br />

who will end up in the actual sample are those who are willing to stop and answer<br />

questions. Then there is convenience sampling. As its name suggests, this is the<br />

most straightforward approach where you would select individuals who are easiest<br />

to access, who are nearest to you and who you know will take part (e.g., colleagues<br />

or friends or family).<br />

Third comes purposive sampling which is also known as key informant sampling.<br />

It involves selecting particular types <strong>of</strong> respondent because they will be able to<br />

provide the data that you need to help you to answer your research questions. For<br />

example, Peters and Waterman (1982) did their research on the characteristics <strong>of</strong><br />

excellent companies by interviewing managers in 43 top performing (i.e., excellent)<br />

US companies, which were all Fortune 500 listed. They began with a list <strong>of</strong> 62 <strong>of</strong><br />

McKinsey’s 12 ‘star’ clients and subtracted 19 – including General Electric – on the<br />

basis <strong>of</strong> additional performance measures. Those left included hewlett Packard,<br />

McDonald’s, Procter & Gamble and Disney. This was purposive sampling because<br />

these managers all worked for excellent companies and so were deemed by Peters<br />

and Waterman to be qualified to comment on their characteristics.<br />

Fourth is snowball sampling, which is <strong>of</strong>ten used when respondents might be difficult<br />

to access because you don’t have very much knowledge <strong>of</strong> the area or where the<br />

research is controversial or sensitive (refer back to Section 3). It involves identifying<br />

one or two respondents, hoping they will identify others for you to speak to, who<br />

will then identify others and so on – so the sample snowballs. And <strong>final</strong>ly there is<br />

self-selection sampling, where you publicise the research project and ask people to<br />

12 The management consultancy Peters and Waterman both worked<br />

for at the time.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 55


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

contact you if they are willing to take part. It is <strong>of</strong>ten used by those researching for<br />

television programmes or magazine articles, for example. E-mail distribution lists can<br />

also be a useful mechanism for producing self-selection samples.<br />

NB These techniques can also be used in tandem. For example, Brewis (2004) used a<br />

mixture <strong>of</strong> convenience, snowball, self-selection and purposive sampling to create her<br />

focus group sample. This research centred on thirty-something women’s attitudes to<br />

and experiences <strong>of</strong> work, personal relationships and urban existence in London. So all<br />

the women involved had to be around 30 and to have experience <strong>of</strong> either living or<br />

working in London (purposive). Brewis approached her existing friendship network to<br />

generate her sample (convenience and self-selection). Finally, one <strong>of</strong> her respondents<br />

was recruited by another woman taking part (snowball). As we have seen, Brewis<br />

(2000) also used a combination <strong>of</strong> purposive, convenience and self-selection sampling<br />

for her research into women’s bodies, as described in Section 4. here she approached<br />

women (because it was women’s bodies she was interested in; purposive). These<br />

women were a combination <strong>of</strong> her existing colleagues and students she already knew<br />

(convenience), and she sent out a general introductory e-mail to see who was willing<br />

to participate (self-selection).<br />

having discussed various ways <strong>of</strong> selecting the people who take part in your data<br />

collection and their implications, we now move to designing the actual schedules<br />

which will structure and inform your interactions with these individuals.<br />

Designing Research Schedules<br />

The key issue here is the question “will the evidence and my conclusions stand up<br />

to the closest scrutiny?” (Raimond, cited in Saunders et al. 2009:156). You need to<br />

be confident that the claims you make on the basis <strong>of</strong> your data will stand up to<br />

examination by your assessors. Asking the right questions and/or focusing on the<br />

right issues in your data collection will help – and so we neatly segue into the whole<br />

subject <strong>of</strong> schedule design.<br />

To begin with you have a choice:<br />

1. You can design your own schedule from scratch.<br />

2. You can use someone else’s, but be careful <strong>of</strong> copyright issues here – unless<br />

the schedule is in the public domain you will need to seek formal permission<br />

to access and use it, and this may mean paying a fee. Plus you will need to<br />

acknowledge that it is not your original design in your <strong>PMP</strong> methodology<br />

chapter, whatever happens.<br />

3. You can adapt someone else’s, and make the appropriate acknowledgement.<br />

The choice depends on what best suits your purposes. Our focus here will be on<br />

designing your own schedule. Clarity <strong>of</strong> research questions plus subject-specific and<br />

56 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

contextual knowledge are all important in this regard. You need to be sure what it<br />

is you want to find out about overall (clarity <strong>of</strong> research questions, as discussed at<br />

length in Section 3), to be familiar with the relevant academic literature so you can<br />

explore and assess the relevant concepts, theories, models and findings in your data<br />

gathering (refer back to Section 2) and to make sure you know as much as possible<br />

about the empirical context (e.g., a specific organisation) where you are doing the<br />

data gathering. The last ensures that (a) you look credible to the respondents; (b) the<br />

questions or issues you are examining make sense to them; and (c) you can verify the<br />

accuracy <strong>of</strong> what they tell you if necessary.<br />

You also need to consider data analysis during the design process. If you don’t think<br />

about how you will analyse the resultant data while you design your questions/foci,<br />

how will you be able to make sense <strong>of</strong> them when collected? Again, more on this in<br />

Sections 7 and 8. Something else which we would urge you to undertake is a pilot<br />

test <strong>of</strong> your schedule once you think it is ready to use. This is especially crucial for<br />

‘fixed’ designs like SAQs, structured interviews and structured observation where all<br />

respondents are treated in the same way, but it is arguably important for semi- and<br />

unstructured interviews and non-structured observation too. A pilot test basically<br />

means having a trial or practice run with the schedule you have designed to see<br />

whether it works. Try and use respondents similar to those who will take part in the<br />

actual data gathering to make the pilot meaningful. You may also want to use any<br />

data generated from the pilot in your eventual analysis as long as you check this is<br />

OK with those who participate.<br />

For methods using direct questions (i.e., SAQs and interviews <strong>of</strong> whatever sort), your<br />

pilot test should check the following important issues. When you run the pilot, ask<br />

your respondents for comments on each:<br />

• whether they understand the questions and any relevant instructions (more<br />

<strong>of</strong> which later)<br />

• whether the schedule is an appropriate length (overly long SAQs and interviews<br />

mean respondents will lose patience)<br />

• whether the questions are arranged in a sensible order, and whether skips/<br />

filters work properly (again more on these later)<br />

• whether any important questions are missing, or if some <strong>of</strong> the questions you<br />

have included are irrelevant or redundant<br />

• whether there are any questions respondents find difficult to answer because<br />

they are too sensitive or too complex<br />

and anything else you can think <strong>of</strong>.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 57


Once completed, you should also look at the pilot data to see:<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

• whether the questions actually generate the data you need to answer your<br />

research questions (usually referred to as the question <strong>of</strong> validity)<br />

• whether some questions seem to result in misinterpretation and the collection<br />

<strong>of</strong> irrelevant data (usually referred to as the question <strong>of</strong> reliability)<br />

• whether you are going to be able to analyse the data you collect.<br />

For interviews and observation, a pilot also allows you to practise your interviewing or<br />

observational skills – which is no bad thing! For structured observation in particular,<br />

you should pilot in order to ensure that your schedule generates the data you want<br />

and is straightforward to use.<br />

Now let’s talk about design itself – i.e., actually putting the schedule together. We<br />

begin with some general pointers on methods which use direct questions, and then<br />

move to designing schedules for these specific methods themselves.<br />

Designing Schedules for Methods Using Direct Questions<br />

Type <strong>of</strong> Data<br />

There are three basic types <strong>of</strong> data in this regard:<br />

• factual/attribute/bio-data (information about your respondents’ biographical<br />

characteristics – e.g., education, age, career history etc.);<br />

• behavioural data (how they behave in specific situations);<br />

• attitudinal data (how they feel about specific issues).<br />

What you ask for depends on what kind <strong>of</strong> information you need to answer your<br />

research questions.<br />

Channel<br />

You also need to decide on your channel – i.e., the medium you use to actually ask<br />

the respondents the questions in your schedule. For SAQs you can use snail mail;<br />

delivery and collection (i.e., you or someone else actually gives the SAQs out by<br />

hand and then collects them back at a later stage); e-mail; a web-based design; or<br />

even fax. For interviews the standard choices are face to face or over the phone.<br />

Sample size and location are both issues here, because the larger and more widely<br />

spread the sample the more difficult and expensive it can be to reach. So, for a<br />

large SAQ sample in a number <strong>of</strong> different regions or countries, say, e-mail or online<br />

58 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

channels are probably more sensible. You also need to ensure that you have the<br />

contact details you need to operate your chosen channel – postal address, phone<br />

numbers, e-mail addresses, fax numbers, whatever. Think about resources and<br />

your skills too. Postal SAQs are costly as we established in the <strong>Blackboard</strong> task in<br />

Section 4, but you might not have the equipment or the knowledge to produce<br />

an online questionnaire. Also consider the respondents’ reaction – e.g., using the<br />

phone for a structured interview may be too detached and unlikely to encourage<br />

their commitment or enthusiasm, whereas e-mail or online SAQs could create worries<br />

about anonymity. Also make life as easy as you can for your respondents, depending<br />

on who they are, by using the most convenient channel for them. There is no point<br />

designing an online questionnaire for respondents who do not have regular access<br />

to the Internet.<br />

however, there is probably no real substitute for face to face interviewing when you<br />

are conducting semi- or unstructured interviews as it is essential to build up trust<br />

and rapport with your respondents. Doing these kinds <strong>of</strong> interviews over the phone<br />

would also make the interaction very complex in terms <strong>of</strong> listening and reacting to<br />

what the respondent says, as well as recording the interview (if this is an issue).<br />

Question Types: Closed Versus Open<br />

Choice <strong>of</strong> question type is again dependent on the information that you need to<br />

answer your research questions. The first choice is between closed (where as we have<br />

seen in Section 5 the respondent’s answer is restricted to a set <strong>of</strong> given responses)<br />

and open (where the respondent can answer as they see fit). You can also use a<br />

mixture <strong>of</strong> closed and open questions (more on this later).<br />

There are various types <strong>of</strong> closed question, some examples <strong>of</strong> which are as follows:<br />

• list – here the respondent is asked to choose as many answers as apply to<br />

them from a list;<br />

• category – here respondents are asked to choose one answer from a list,<br />

where categories in the list are mutually exclusive (i.e., do not overlap in any<br />

way);<br />

• ranking – here respondents are asked to rank various items in order <strong>of</strong><br />

preference or importance. Ranking questions can be difficult to answer, and<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> items should be kept to a minimum. Alternatively, you can ask<br />

respondents to score each item using a rating or scale question;<br />

• rating/scale – here respondents are asked to indicate their answer using a<br />

scale. The classic approach is the 5 point Likert scale (e.g., 1 = strongly<br />

disagree, 2 = disagree, 3 = neutral/ no opinion, 4 = agree, 5 = strongly agree).<br />

This kind <strong>of</strong> question is useful for gathering attitudinal data in particular;<br />

• quantity – here respondents are asked to indicate the quantity <strong>of</strong> something<br />

as it pertains to them;<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 59


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

• grid – here respondents are asked two (or more questions) at the same time,<br />

and to fill their answers in on a grid. These can be confusing, and need to be<br />

clearly worded.<br />

Example 5.1 provides an illustration <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> these types <strong>of</strong> closed question.<br />

Example 5.1: Types <strong>of</strong> closed question<br />

List Question<br />

Please indicate why you have chosen to work for your current employer,<br />

ticking as many reasons from this list as apply:<br />

My current employer is the leader in their field<br />

My current employer pays above the market rate<br />

My current employer is located near to my home<br />

My current employer provides flexible working opportunities<br />

My current employer has a good internal promotion system<br />

My current employer <strong>of</strong>fers high quality training and development<br />

Other (please specify)<br />

Category Question<br />

how old are you?<br />

18–25<br />

26–30<br />

31–35<br />

36–40<br />

41–45<br />

46–50<br />

51–60<br />

61–65<br />

66 or above<br />

Did you vote in the 2005 UK General Election?<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

Can’t remember<br />

60 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Ranking Question<br />

Please rank the following from 1 (most important) to 5 (least important)<br />

in terms <strong>of</strong> what you look for when purchasing a new cell phone on a<br />

‘pay as you go’ arrangement<br />

Cell phone features (e.g., camera, Internet access, e-mail)<br />

Cell phone design (e.g., flip top, size, colour)<br />

Price <strong>of</strong> the cell phone<br />

Brand (e.g., Sony Ericsson, Samsung, Nokia, Apple)<br />

Features <strong>of</strong> the ‘pay as you go’ arrangement (e.g., tariffs, bolt-ons,<br />

bonuses)<br />

Rating/Scale Question<br />

Please indicate how important the following are to you when<br />

purchasing a new cell phone on a ‘pay as you go’ arrangement.<br />

Cell phone features (e.g., camera, Internet access, e-mail)<br />

1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />

opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />

Cell phone design (e.g., flip top, size, colour)<br />

1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />

opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />

Price <strong>of</strong> the cell phone<br />

1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />

opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />

Brand (e.g., Sony Ericsson, Samsung, Nokia, Apple)<br />

1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />

opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />

Features <strong>of</strong> the ‘pay as you go’ arrangement (e.g., tariffs, bolt-ons,<br />

bonuses)<br />

1 = not at all important, 2 = not very important, 3 = neutral/no<br />

opinion, 4 = important, 5 = very important<br />

Quantity Questions<br />

how many children do you have?<br />

how many overseas business trips have you taken in the last twelve<br />

months?<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 61


Grid Question<br />

Please complete the following table.<br />

Names <strong>of</strong> people who<br />

live with you<br />

Their age Their relationship to<br />

you (e.g., partner,<br />

daughter, father,<br />

friend)<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Open questions on the other hand can take the additional form <strong>of</strong> probes which are<br />

“worded like open questions but request a particular focus or direction” (Saunders et<br />

al. 2009:338). Probes can be used as follow up questions to draw a respondent out<br />

if they have not given sufficient information in response to an initial open question,<br />

as in Example 5.2.<br />

Example 5.2: Use <strong>of</strong> a probe as a follow-up question<br />

INTERVIEWER: Can you tell me how you felt when your manager<br />

announced that a new database was being introduced?<br />

RESPONDENT: Oh, I was worried about it. It took me ages to get used<br />

to the database we were using and I thought I would have the same<br />

problem.<br />

INTERVIEWER (probe): That’s interesting. When you say you took a<br />

long time to get used to the existing database was this because it was<br />

complicated to use or was there another reason?<br />

RESPONDENT: Well database X was very complicated to be honest. I<br />

didn’t find it very user-friendly and neither did the people I worked with.<br />

You had to click an awful lot <strong>of</strong> buttons to get it to co-operate and it<br />

took a long time to get the answers you needed. But also I just don’t like<br />

change very much, and I don’t think I’m a very fast learner, especially<br />

when it comes to IT. I think I’m just too old for it all now [laughs].<br />

62 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Probing ensures that you have the amount <strong>of</strong> detail that you need, but should be<br />

used carefully (see discussion <strong>of</strong> ethics in Section 6).<br />

Question Order and Related Issues<br />

You should try to make your SAQ or interview schedule interesting and relevant to<br />

the respondent from the start, so they are motivated to fully take part. Another good<br />

tip is to warm the respondent up by asking non-controversial questions at the<br />

beginning before turning to more sensitive issues where required. Similarly, the usual<br />

recommendation is that you move from straightforward questions to difficult or<br />

challenging questions which require more thought, again to get the respondent used<br />

to the data gathering process. Note that attitudinal questions can be the hardest to<br />

answer. But don’t necessarily leave the more controversial or more difficult questions<br />

right to the end <strong>of</strong> the schedule as respondents may be tired by this stage and less<br />

able or inclined to answer as a result.<br />

Also on question type, specific questions are much easier to answer than general<br />

ones – so make it clear to the respondent what it is you are asking about. Plus if you<br />

are using rating/scale questions, if no ‘neutral/no opinion’ alternative is provided<br />

in the middle <strong>of</strong> the scale then respondents who actually are neutral or have no<br />

opinion will be forced to invent an answer. however, there is also the phenomenon<br />

<strong>of</strong> middle drift to consider, where if such an option is provided respondents may<br />

choose it even if it doesn’t apply to them as they want to avoid seeming too extreme<br />

in their opinions or behaviours. There are issues <strong>of</strong> what is called social desirability<br />

here – i.e., respondents wanting to paint themselves in a good light. Similarly, a<br />

phenomenon called acquiescence response set apparently means that, if you use<br />

a closed question with an agree/disagree response set, respondents tend to tick the<br />

‘agree’ option, regardless <strong>of</strong> how they actually feel. Again this is because <strong>of</strong> social<br />

desirability, as agreeing with a statement can be seen as more socially acceptable<br />

than disagreeing (depending on the statement <strong>of</strong> course!).<br />

Schedule Length<br />

half an hour is the recommended maximum for phone interviews – although this<br />

could be seen as rather a lengthy maximum! For face to face interviews length is<br />

perhaps more negotiable but remember that the longer the interview the more data<br />

you have to analyse – and the more tired you and your respondent both become. For<br />

SAQs the shorter the better (as long as you are gathering all the data that you need)<br />

as again respondents get tired and bored. Saunders et al. stipulate a maximum <strong>of</strong><br />

between 4 and 8 pages for an SAQ, but again 8 pages seems like quite a lot to us.<br />

You can test this issue out at pilot, as suggested above.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 63


Translating a Schedule<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

You may have to translate your schedule (and indeed the resultant data) from the<br />

language spoken by the respondents into English for the project itself 13 . So you need<br />

to think about what might be ‘lost in translation’. Saunders et al. (2009:383–384)<br />

<strong>of</strong>fer some helpful tips in this regard. One <strong>of</strong> these is the importance <strong>of</strong> considering<br />

what they call experiential meaning. The term ‘dual career household’ (i.e., where<br />

both parents work outside <strong>of</strong> the home), say, may not be understood if respondents<br />

have no experience <strong>of</strong> such a phenomenon. So this would not be an appropriate<br />

term to use in such a context. Another example is the difference between idiomatic<br />

meanings and literal or lexical meanings – so ‘grapevine’ in English means the<br />

same, idiomatically or colloquially (i.e., in English slang), as ‘téléphone arabe’ in<br />

French. That is to say, both terms refer to a gossip network. Neither, however, imply<br />

their literal meanings (something which grapes grow on, for the English version, or<br />

an Arab telephone in the French!).<br />

What to Avoid<br />

Lengthy or imprecise questions confuse respondents and lead to poor quality data<br />

as the respondent will not be sure what is being asked. Multiple questions (i.e.,<br />

asking two or three questions in one) also tend to mean that only the last one will be<br />

answered. For example, avoid asking questions like ‘When were you last appraised<br />

and to what extent do you feel you benefited from it?’ Leading questions imply the<br />

answer in the question – e.g., ‘When did you last socialise with your colleagues?’<br />

assumes that the respondent does socialise with colleagues. This means that the<br />

respondent will probably answer in a specific way. Again questions like these are to<br />

be avoided.<br />

Also try not to use technical language and/or abbreviations that respondents may<br />

not be familiar with. Insensitive terminology is likewise to be avoided. For example,<br />

don’t refer to a ‘coloured person’: this is politically incorrect. Use ‘person <strong>of</strong> colour’<br />

instead. Further, don’t use negative questions. Asking something like ‘I have never<br />

experienced sexual harassment in the workplace: agree/disagree’ may produce double<br />

negative answers like ‘I disagree that I have never experienced sexual harassment in<br />

the workplace’. Such questions are confusing for the respondent and for you. Finally,<br />

don’t ask questions that look as if you are examining respondents on their knowledge<br />

<strong>of</strong> specific issues as this can make them feel uncomfortable and resentful.<br />

having established some <strong>of</strong> the generic issues relating to the design <strong>of</strong> direct<br />

questions, we now discuss what you need to bear in mind when designing methodspecific<br />

schedules. First we look at SAQs and structured interviews.<br />

13 Obviously this also applies if you want preliminary comments on your schedule<br />

from a <strong>Blackboard</strong> project tutor (see Section 9).<br />

64 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Designing Self-Administered Questionnaires and<br />

Structured Interview Schedules<br />

Obviously these two methods are similar in the sense that they involve a predetermined<br />

list <strong>of</strong> questions, but they differ in that SAQs are self-administered whereas the<br />

interviewer asks the questions and records the answers in a structured interview.<br />

Closed or Open Questions?<br />

Ordinarily, as we have established in Section 4, you would tend to keep open<br />

questions to a minimum in SAQs and structured interviews, first because they are<br />

more difficult for respondents to answer in this sort <strong>of</strong> format, and second because<br />

researchers using these methods usually aim for a standardised approach where every<br />

respondent is confined to the same response sets. But you should always consider<br />

adding an ‘other: please specify’ option to a list <strong>of</strong> fixed responses in case the<br />

respondent’s own situation isn’t covered, and/or providing space for them to expand<br />

on a response to a closed question if they wish in an SAQ. Also open questions can<br />

be used in these sorts <strong>of</strong> schedules, especially if you are using a hybrid type method<br />

as also discussed in Section 4.<br />

Start with your Research Question/s<br />

You should start the design process with your overall research question and<br />

subquestions and subdivide these into themes. For example, if the research<br />

question(/s) has to do with how respondents feel about the recently introduced<br />

legislation banning smoking in enclosed UK workplaces, then the data needed might<br />

include their own smoking behaviour plus their attitudes about passive smoking<br />

(inhaling other people’s tobacco smoke) and whether smokers should be provided<br />

with a separate smoking room inside an organisation instead <strong>of</strong> being compelled to<br />

smoke outside. You might also want to know whether such behaviours and attitudes<br />

seem to relate to respondents’ age or gender. Then repeat this step to check that your<br />

proposed themes are exhaustive enough to gather all the data you need.<br />

Think About Data Type and Measurement Issues<br />

having done this, identify the type <strong>of</strong> data needed under each theme. For example,<br />

the data described above for the research on the workplace smoking ban in the<br />

UK fall into all three categories – attitudinal (feelings about passive smoking and<br />

smoking rooms), behavioural (does the respondent smoke?) and factual/attribute/<br />

bio-data (age and gender). So think about the best kinds <strong>of</strong> questions for the types<br />

<strong>of</strong> data needed. Then you need to consider appropriate measurements. Level <strong>of</strong><br />

detail is the issue here. For the example above, you would need to know how many<br />

cigarettes respondents smoke a day as well as simply asking whether they smoke, as<br />

this is likely to have some relationship to their attitudes to the ban itself.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 65


What Should the Schedule itself Contain? How Should it be Laid Out?<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Obviously for SAQs the schedule will be sent to the respondent in writing, whether<br />

this is distribution and collection, snail mail, e-mail, online or by fax. For structured<br />

interviews the researcher will read material out to the respondent from the schedule.<br />

For SAQs in particular then, but arguably structured interviews too, choose a clear<br />

title which grabs respondents’ interest. Then, in the introduction to either type <strong>of</strong><br />

schedule (which is crucial), you need to tell the respondents the following:<br />

• why they have been selected for the research (e.g., because they have a<br />

specific sort <strong>of</strong> occupation) and how they were selected (e.g., randomly from<br />

a list <strong>of</strong> a particular population)<br />

• who you are and what the purpose <strong>of</strong> your research is (i.e., your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Management Project, as part <strong>of</strong> your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management<br />

programme at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> School <strong>of</strong> Management)<br />

• what the research is about (make this fairly brief)<br />

• that confidentiality and anonymity 14 will be maintained, if appropriate –<br />

and this is also the point at which you would ask interview respondents if you<br />

can record the interview, if this is what you want to do<br />

• roughly how long the SAQ or interview will take to complete.<br />

At this stage you might want to ask interview respondents if they have any questions,<br />

or provide your contact details for SAQ respondents for the same reason. For SAQs<br />

you also need to provide instructions for answering the questions (e.g., answer as<br />

many as apply to you, tick the relevant responses, etc.).<br />

Much <strong>of</strong> the above could be done in the form <strong>of</strong> a ‘warning letter’ sent to respondents<br />

a week or so before the interview is done or the SAQ is sent. Some researchers do<br />

both – i.e., repeat the warning letter on the SAQ or as an introduction to the interview<br />

itself. Note that instructions need to be clear for all question types and respondents<br />

may need reminders as the schedule progresses. Interestingly, for closed question<br />

14 Confidentiality as we define it means that only you see or hear the raw data<br />

– i.e., listen to the tapes <strong>of</strong> the interviews or read the notes you have taken, or<br />

have access to completed questionnaires, data collected using structured observation<br />

schedules or non-structured observational field notes. It can also be interpreted to<br />

mean that you will not share the information generated by the data gathering (i.e.,<br />

your analysis) with anyone other than your assessors, so no one else has access to the<br />

<strong>final</strong> project. Remember that having someone else transcribe (more <strong>of</strong> which later)<br />

interview tapes/recordings for you immediately breaches both kinds <strong>of</strong> confidentiality,<br />

so don’t promise this if you are going to have your data transcribed in this way.<br />

Anonymity means that you disguise the identities <strong>of</strong> the organisations and individuals<br />

concerned. Indeed with SAQs in particular you may never know who the respondents<br />

are. We will come back to these issues in Section 6.<br />

66 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

response sets, research suggests that people prefer ticking boxes to circling answers,<br />

so bear this in mind.<br />

You also need to think about the positioning <strong>of</strong> bio-data questions. As we have seen,<br />

these are factual questions about who the respondent is – like their gender, age,<br />

income etc. They can act as a warm-up as they are easy to answer. On the other<br />

hand, questions about age and income might be <strong>of</strong>f-putting at the start as some<br />

respondents could see these as quite sensitive. We suggest in any case that you<br />

ask for data about income or age using bands (eg £25, 000–£29, 999; £30, 000–<br />

£34, 999; £35, 000–£39, 999 etc. OR 18–25, 26–30, 31–35 etc.) rather than directly.<br />

Also please be sure that you need these data – don’t ask for them just because<br />

everyone else seems to! If you don’t have any particular use for information about<br />

respondents’ age, gender, income etc. then don’t include these questions.<br />

You should think about dividing your schedule into sub-sections, because this can<br />

make it seem shorter and more manageable to respondents. Under each section the<br />

questions should then be the same for everyone in the sample. Obviously questions<br />

should be read out verbatim for structured interviews. You may also want to use<br />

flash cards with longer response sets printed on them for specific questions. In<br />

this way you don’t have to read out lists <strong>of</strong> alternatives which the respondent then<br />

has to remember. Instead you can simply pass them the flash card after posing the<br />

question. And for both SAQS and structured interviews, specified prompts can help<br />

a respondent to understand open questions – e.g., you might ask ‘how would you<br />

describe your manager’s style?’ then the prompts would be ‘democratic, authoritarian,<br />

has an open door-policy, hands-<strong>of</strong>f, hands-on etc.’.<br />

Most if not all SAQ/structured interview schedules also contain what are known<br />

as filters or skips. These are used when questions may not apply to every single<br />

respondent. For example, you might ask whether a respondent has children. If they<br />

do they should then answer the questions that follow on childcare. If they don’t they<br />

can be directed to move straight to a later section in an SAQ or the interviewer would<br />

skip to these later questions in an interview format. Filters/skips need to be carefully<br />

designed so that they work properly! This again is something you should check at the<br />

pilot stage.<br />

Finally, in terms <strong>of</strong> your closing comments, say thank you, ask respondents<br />

whether there is anything else they would like to add and for SAQs include return<br />

instructions (which you may also want to add to the introduction, and repeat at<br />

the end). You might <strong>of</strong>fer to send them a copy (or executive summary) <strong>of</strong> the data<br />

analysis if appropriate. This might be simply a matter <strong>of</strong> ethics or courtesy, or it could<br />

be because you would like their comments on a draft version <strong>of</strong> the analysis. This<br />

approach is called respondent validation or member check and can help to ensure<br />

that your analysis actually reflects what the respondents have told you. More on the<br />

ethics <strong>of</strong> respondent validation in Section 6.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 67


Designing Semi-Structured and<br />

Unstructured Interview Schedules<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Again we take these two methods together as they are so closely related. There are<br />

many similarities here to the process already outlined in the section above, but we<br />

highlight differences where they exist.<br />

Closed or Open Questions?<br />

The majority <strong>of</strong> questions in these sorts <strong>of</strong> schedules will probably be open with a<br />

view to gathering rich, qualitative data. however, closed questions can be used; for<br />

example, for gathering bio-/factual data and warming the respondent up. Probes are<br />

also particularly useful in this sort <strong>of</strong> interviewing.<br />

Follow the Advice Given Already<br />

As suggested, the process <strong>of</strong> designing schedules for these sorts <strong>of</strong> interviews is<br />

similar to that for SAQ/structured interview design. But remember that most <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questions will be open and that the actual questions you ask and the order in which<br />

you ask them will vary depending on the respondent – in other words, your schedule<br />

is indicative only. It will give you a list <strong>of</strong> themes that you want to cover and some<br />

suggestions for relevant questions under each.<br />

What Should the Schedule itself Contain? How Should it be Laid Out?<br />

Begin with an introductory spiel about who you are, why you are doing the research,<br />

why you want to interview the respondent, why and how they were selected and<br />

what the research is for, as well as its main focus. Offer reassurances <strong>of</strong> confidentiality<br />

and anonymity (if appropriate), and ask whether you can record the interview (if<br />

appropriate). You should also ask whether the respondent has any questions for you.<br />

Again all <strong>of</strong> this could also be done via a ‘warning letter’ as above. The schedule<br />

should then continue into a list <strong>of</strong> headings with indicative questions under each. In<br />

other words, the headings cover the broad issues you want to explore plus suggested<br />

wordings for the questions which come under each heading. Also think about probes<br />

– what kinds <strong>of</strong> questions you might use to get respondents to say more about<br />

specific subjects. Your closing comments should again take the form <strong>of</strong> a thank you,<br />

plus asking the respondent whether they have anything else to add and <strong>of</strong>fering<br />

them a copy <strong>of</strong> your data analysis if appropriate (as above). Example 5.3 contains an<br />

excerpt from a focus group schedule to illustrate what these kinds <strong>of</strong> schedules might<br />

look like.<br />

68 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Example 5.3: Excerpt from a focus group schedule<br />

What follows is an excerpt from the schedule that Brewis (2004) used<br />

to gather data from a series <strong>of</strong> focus groups. As we saw earlier in this<br />

section, her research questions focused on thirty-something women’s<br />

attitudes to and experiences <strong>of</strong> work, personal relationships and urban<br />

existence in London. here are some <strong>of</strong> her indicative questions.<br />

• What would be your perfect job? has this ideal changed? If you<br />

don’t have your perfect job, why not? Does such a thing exist?<br />

• Do you consider yourself to be good at your job? Why? What<br />

does it mean to be successful at work?<br />

• What does work mean to you? Is it important for women to<br />

work? Would you ever consider relying on a partner for financial<br />

support? have any <strong>of</strong> these opinions changed over the course <strong>of</strong><br />

time?<br />

• Would you say you have made sacrifices/put other things on hold<br />

for your job? If so, what and why? If not, why not?<br />

• What comes first, work or personal life? has this always been<br />

true? Is work/life balance important to you? Why/not? Do you<br />

think you have achieved it?<br />

• What does it mean to be in a relationship? Is it possible to have<br />

the perfect relationship/to find one’s other half? What about<br />

monogamy?<br />

• Why do you live/work in London or the environs? Does it fulfil your<br />

expectations? Would you move somewhere else if you could? If<br />

so, where and why don’t you? If not, why not?<br />

• What would you change about living here? What are the key<br />

urban problems? how do they affect you?<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 69


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Just before we move to look at designing observation schedules, please also bear<br />

these wise words in mind:<br />

“The researcher should be warned against assuming that a ‘nondirective’<br />

interview, where the interviewee talks freely without<br />

interruption or intervention, is the way to achieve a clear picture <strong>of</strong><br />

the interviewee’s perspective. This is far from true. It is more likely<br />

to produce no clear picture in the mind <strong>of</strong> the interviewee <strong>of</strong> what<br />

questions or issues the interviewer is interested in, and in the mind<br />

<strong>of</strong> the interviewer, <strong>of</strong> what questions the interviewee is answering.”<br />

(Easterby-Smith et al. 2008:142)<br />

In other words, unstructured, non-directive interviews can be confusing and unsettling<br />

for the respondent; a bit like a therapeutic interview where the therapist is relatively<br />

silent and expects the interviewee to do all the talking. They won’t necessarily allow<br />

you to actually get a sense <strong>of</strong> respondents’ thoughts and opinions – so make sure, if<br />

you want to do this kind <strong>of</strong> interview, that you are clear on your purpose and areas<br />

<strong>of</strong> interest. It’s certainly not a method to use when you don’t really know what you<br />

want to look at!<br />

We now leave behind schedules which use direct questions and move to briefly<br />

consider issues around the design <strong>of</strong> observation schedules, where you are watching<br />

what your respondents do as opposed to asking them questions about their behaviour.<br />

Designing Observation Schedules<br />

Data to be gathered here might relate to:<br />

• the layout <strong>of</strong> the space you are observing<br />

• the actors within it and what they do<br />

• the objects in the space (e.g., desks, chairs, PCs), and how the actors ‘interact’<br />

with these objects<br />

• specific occasions like meetings<br />

• time issues (e.g., how long it takes to do something, how frequently things<br />

are done or the sequence in which they are done)<br />

• goals (what do the actors’ goals appear to be?); and feelings (likewise).<br />

Remember also that behaviour can be verbal (what is said), non-verbal (body<br />

movements, gestures, expressions etc.), spatial (how people move around an area),<br />

extra-linguistic (e.g., tone, volume, pace <strong>of</strong> speech) etc. Obviously you need to<br />

think about collecting the kind <strong>of</strong> data which will allow you to answer your research<br />

70 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

questions. So even with non-structured observation there will be issues you are more<br />

– or less – interested in.<br />

For structured observation, however, you need to consider the following issues when<br />

designing your schedule:<br />

• Are the categories on your schedule clearly defined so that it will be easy to<br />

use in practice?<br />

• You need to ensure that your categories don’t overlap, and that they cover<br />

all the issues you are interested in – you may also have to include a ‘residual’<br />

category for behaviours that aren’t easy to categorise.<br />

• Is the schedule easy to use, like a simple tick box or tally mark scheme?<br />

Now we have covered sampling and design, let’s consider what you should be aware<br />

<strong>of</strong> when you are actually ‘in the field’; i.e., collecting your primary data/administering<br />

your research schedule.<br />

Administering Research Schedules<br />

Administering a Questionnaire<br />

First, make sure your schedule is presented in either 10, 11 or 12 point text so that it<br />

is easy for respondents to read. Twelve point should always be the default setting, as<br />

it is so standard. Also try and strike a balance between presenting the questionnaire<br />

on too many pages so that it looks lengthy and <strong>of</strong>f-putting, and squashing it all in so<br />

it becomes difficult to read. Third, you might want to consider using coloured paper<br />

if you are printing the questionnaire out so that it grabs attention – e.g., yellow<br />

and pink are both said to be warm and appealing colours. Or use colours and/or<br />

different fonts and typefaces for instructions or subtitles to make them stand out.<br />

however, don’t overdo it: this will make the SAQ look untidy and unpr<strong>of</strong>essional. And<br />

remember that capitals and italics can also be hard to read. Further, we suggest you<br />

stick to commonly used fonts like Arial or Times New Roman.<br />

If using snail mail or distribution and collection as your channel, make sure the SAQ<br />

is printed on good quality paper, and use good quality envelopes. This is a matter <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism and making the right first impression. Also if using snail mail, firstclass<br />

post or the equivalent gets the SAQ there faster and enhances first impressions:<br />

the same is true <strong>of</strong> using correct names and addresses on the envelopes. Also include<br />

a stamped or franked self-addressed envelope if possible to encourage response –<br />

although, as with first class post, this does increase your costs. In terms <strong>of</strong> when you<br />

should send out/distribute an SAQ, if they are going to a workplace, the usual advice<br />

is to time them to arrive at the start <strong>of</strong> the working week. If you are sending SAQs to<br />

private homes (unlikely in your project research, and may be viewed as an invasion <strong>of</strong><br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 71


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

privacy), time them to arrive at the start <strong>of</strong> the weekend. Also think about the time <strong>of</strong><br />

year – avoid major vacations (e.g., Christmas in the UK) as far as you can.<br />

You can also use follow-ups to increase response rate. This means sending a reminder<br />

and/or a duplicate questionnaire to respondents after the deadline has passed, to<br />

encourage those who haven’t responded to do so. This would <strong>of</strong> course need to<br />

go to everyone if it is an anonymous SAQ as you won’t know who has responded<br />

already. If this is the case, remember to thank those who have responded in your<br />

introduction/covering letter. The usual advice is to send the first follow-up a week<br />

after the deadline has passed. Up to three follow-ups have been shown to improve<br />

response rates, but there are time and resource implications here, and in any case this<br />

finding might not apply to all samples. Remember also that research using SAQs is<br />

usually survey type research, which implies treating all respondents identically in your<br />

administration to achieve standardisation.<br />

Administering Interviews – General Points<br />

We start with some generic observations about conducting interviews before <strong>of</strong>fering<br />

some more specific pointers about different types <strong>of</strong> interview. First then, in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

arranging when the interviews will take place, try and accommodate your respondents<br />

rather than them having to accommodate you when setting interviews up. This is<br />

just a matter <strong>of</strong> common courtesy. And be honest about how long the interview is<br />

likely to take so respondents can schedule accordingly: you should know this from<br />

your pilot test. Plus be sensitive to logistics when arranging interviews. Make sure<br />

you have enough time to travel from one to another, and leave yourself space to<br />

have breaks and so on. And think about the setting for the interview. For example,<br />

interviewing people at work about work may cause them to be reticent for fear <strong>of</strong><br />

being overheard – so might another setting be more appropriate? On the other hand,<br />

asking them to come on to ‘your territory’ might also unsettle respondents. Consider<br />

the best location for your data gathering carefully. For example, when Brewis (2004)<br />

ran the aforementioned focus groups, she held them in her own home: because she<br />

already knew the majority <strong>of</strong> the women taking part, this was a familiar, comfortable<br />

and welcoming setting for the data gathering.<br />

Before you start the interview proper, use some icebreakers – i.e., innocuous questions<br />

about their day so far – to help to warm respondents up and to establish rapport.<br />

You can also collect bio-data early on as already suggested as a warm-up, as well as<br />

these data being useful information in and <strong>of</strong> themselves (bearing in mind though<br />

that some bio-data may be regarded as sensitive). Throughout the interview try as<br />

far as you can not to give away your own perceptions and biases too much through<br />

your non-verbal cues (body language, expressions, tone <strong>of</strong> voice, emphasis etc.),<br />

and try not to interrupt when respondents are speaking. Show that you are actively<br />

listening – maintain an attentive posture and an interested tone <strong>of</strong> voice as well as<br />

a natural, conversational level <strong>of</strong> eye contact. Moreover, going too slowly will make<br />

the interview boring for both <strong>of</strong> you, whereas going too fast means the respondent<br />

doesn’t have time to consider or expand on their answers.<br />

72 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Recording the data themselves is also an issue. Audio recording <strong>of</strong> whatever kind<br />

allows you to focus on asking questions and listening to respondents. It also gives<br />

you a full record <strong>of</strong> the data including ‘ums’, ‘ahs’, pauses, laughter, tone etc., and<br />

it means you can use direct quotations from the data in your analysis. On the other<br />

hand, these benefits may be less <strong>of</strong> an issue in structured interviews, and using a<br />

digital or tape recorder may also mean that the respondent focuses on the machine<br />

and feels inhibited. In addition, you may experience technical difficulties (e.g. tapes<br />

snapping, batteries running out and technical malfunctions). Always take written<br />

notes anyway, or make a written record straight after the interview, and don’t forget<br />

to ask for the respondent’s permission to record before the interview starts. You<br />

could even give the respondent control over the recorder – i.e., allow them to turn<br />

it <strong>of</strong>f when they don’t want to be recorded talking about a specific issue. We will<br />

discuss whether or not you need a transcript <strong>of</strong> your data (i.e., a full and complete<br />

typed record <strong>of</strong> everything that was said) in Section 8. And on a related note, what<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>f the record or hand on the door data? Sometimes respondents will tell you<br />

things after the recorder has been turned <strong>of</strong>f at the end <strong>of</strong> the session or you’ve<br />

stopped taking notes … what do you do with these data? It’s up to you, but you<br />

must never use them if respondents specifically request that you do not.<br />

Administering a Structured Interview<br />

As well as all the pointers above, there are some specific issues concerning the<br />

administration <strong>of</strong> this type <strong>of</strong> interview. First, print the schedule on one side <strong>of</strong> the<br />

paper only so you don’t have to flip pages back and forward when asking questions.<br />

Make sure too that the instructions you need to follow are clearly indicated so you can<br />

follow them easily – e.g., when to skip a question and so on. As for your demeanour,<br />

in general a pleasant but pr<strong>of</strong>essional approach is probably called for here. A fairly<br />

businesslike outfit is also recommended as the general idea is usually to treat all<br />

respondents the same and to maintain some kind <strong>of</strong> objectivity or distance from<br />

them.<br />

Don’t try and learn your schedule <strong>of</strong>f by heart – this creates too much pressure on<br />

you – but try and be fairly familiar with it so you can maintain a natural level <strong>of</strong><br />

eye contact with the respondent, and not have to keep looking down. And keep to<br />

the schedule: after all, you chose this method for its structure! Make sure that you<br />

record all answers accurately, perhaps with a tape/digital recorder, or by making the<br />

majority <strong>of</strong> your questions closed (as already discussed) so you can just tick boxes.<br />

And remember the issue <strong>of</strong> identical treatment, as discussed above for SAQs. This is<br />

harder to maintain for structured interviews as they take place for the most part face<br />

to face, and variations are therefore more difficult to avoid.<br />

Administering Semi- and Unstructured Interviews<br />

In this case it can sometimes be an idea to send respondents a list <strong>of</strong> themes or<br />

aims <strong>of</strong> the interview in advance (with your ‘warning letter’ maybe?) so they can<br />

give these some thought before the actual session takes place. Appearance-wise, we<br />

recommend that you tailor your appearance to them. If they are likely to be smart, you<br />

should dress smartly and vice versa. Remember that the usual idea here to set them<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 73


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

at their ease and maximise rapport as a result. During the interview itself you need<br />

to listen carefully to what respondents are saying and how they are saying it so you<br />

can decide on the next question quickly as well as to prevent respondents becoming<br />

upset by a line <strong>of</strong> questioning (more on which in Section 6). Make sure you cover all<br />

the relevant areas before closing an interview – check your schedule! If you are not<br />

sure what a respondent means, ask them to clarify using a probe. Summarising at<br />

certain junctures what you have picked up from what a respondent has told you also<br />

ensures you have understood what they are saying. Finally, again being relatively<br />

familiar with your schedule is a good idea for reasons discussed above.<br />

Administering Observation<br />

Pointers here include maintaining your chosen type <strong>of</strong> observation (e.g., structured<br />

and non-participant). Presumably you have decided on a particular approach for<br />

good reasons so stick to it unless there are overwhelming reasons to change. For<br />

non-structured observation, take notes on the spot as far as possible. Use written<br />

notes or a laptop or palmtop, so you are recording things whilst they are happening<br />

and not relying on your memory, unless you have agreed to video what is going on<br />

as well. And don’t start another session until you’ve written up your data from the<br />

previous observation session – otherwise sessions can become blurred in your mind.<br />

You may also need to let respondents get used to you being there for a while – so<br />

that you become ‘part <strong>of</strong> the furniture’ – before actually starting to record the data<br />

proper. This can reduce the observer effect, where your presence makes people<br />

behave in unnatural ways.<br />

Summary<br />

1. Sampling techniques determine your ability to generalise; but it is highly<br />

unlikely that you will be able to achieve a representative sample in your <strong>PMP</strong>.<br />

2. A good schedule design means your findings will stand up to the ‘closest<br />

scrutiny’.<br />

3. Attention to a range <strong>of</strong> issues is paramount here – e.g., pilot test, data type<br />

and detail, closed versus open questions, choice <strong>of</strong> channel, length <strong>of</strong> schedule<br />

etc.<br />

4. Administering a schedule also requires consideration <strong>of</strong> several factors; e.g.,<br />

whether to use follow-ups for SAQs, logistics for setting up interviews, only<br />

printing the schedule on one side <strong>of</strong> the paper for structured interviews etc.<br />

74 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

Alvesson, M. and S. Deetz (2000) Doing Critical Management Research London: Sage<br />

chapter 3<br />

Brewis, J. (2004) ‘Sex and not the city? The aspirations <strong>of</strong> the thirty-something<br />

working woman’ Urban Studies 41(9):1821–1838<br />

Brewis, J. (2000) ‘When a body meet a body ... : experiencing the female body at<br />

work’ in L. McKie and N. Watson (eds.) Organising Bodies: Policy, Institutions and<br />

Work houndmills, Basingstoke: Macmillan pp. 166–184<br />

Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press chapters 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 17 and 18<br />

Easterby-Smith, M., R. Thorpe and A. Lowe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapters 7 and 9<br />

Gummesson, E. (2000) Qualitative Methods in Management Research 2 nd Edition.<br />

Thousand Oaks, California: Sage chapters 1 and 3, pp. 172–188<br />

Jankowicz, A.D. (2005) Business Research Projects 4 th Edition. London: Thomson<br />

Learning chapters 4 and 8<br />

Peters, T.J. and R.h. Waterman Jr. (1982) In Search <strong>of</strong> Excellence: Lessons From<br />

America’s Best-Run Companies New York: harper and Row<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 75


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapters 8, 9 and 11<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business<br />

Students. 5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapters 7, 9, 10 and 11<br />

Silverman, D. (2000) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong> London: Sage<br />

chapter 26<br />

Silverman, D. (2005) Doing Qualitative Research: A Practical Hand<strong>book</strong>, 2 nd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapters 1 and 7<br />

76 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 6<br />

Planning, Access and Ethics


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 6<br />

Planning, Access and Ethics<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />

• plan your research within a flexible time structure<br />

• consider how to gain access to data ‘in the field’<br />

• understand the difference between physical and cognitive access<br />

• understand the importance and value <strong>of</strong> maintaining an ethical<br />

approach<br />

• understand how to design your project so it conforms to ethical<br />

standards.<br />

Introduction<br />

In this section we cover issues around planning and timetabling your research, getting<br />

access to empirical sites to collect primary data and the broad area <strong>of</strong> research<br />

ethics. Please note that research ethics in particular is an area that we would urge<br />

you to take very seriously indeed: it is impossible to cover all <strong>of</strong> the relevant themes<br />

in a <strong>book</strong> like this, so you are encouraged to read more widely around this subject<br />

especially.<br />

Research Planning<br />

Make a Plan But Don’t Expect it to Work Out this Way!<br />

“Trouble awaits those unwary souls who believe that research flows<br />

smoothly and naturally from questions to answers via a well-organized<br />

data collection system” (hodgson and Rollnick, cited in Robson 2002:84)<br />

Planning your research – i.e., creating a step by step timetable for everything you<br />

need to do up to and including submission <strong>of</strong> your project – allows you to structure<br />

your time effectively and to cover all the necessary bases. But bear hodgson and<br />

Rollnick’s warning in mind, and make your plan flexible. New opportunities can<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 77


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

come up unexpectedly (like the publication <strong>of</strong> a new piece <strong>of</strong> research which suggests<br />

a slightly different direction to the one you originally selected for your project). The<br />

same is true <strong>of</strong> unforeseen circumstances (like not achieving access to your chosen<br />

organisation/s or a change in your personal situation such as a new job). Build in as<br />

much slack time – i.e., time to deal with such opportunities and circumstances – as<br />

you can. We also recommend that you have contingency plans as already suggested<br />

in Section 4 – e.g., a backup list <strong>of</strong> other organisations which you can contact for<br />

access if your first choice(/s) doesn’t work out.<br />

Another thing to remember is that research almost always takes longer than you<br />

think it will. hodgson and Rollnick provide a series <strong>of</strong> half-humorous and half-serious<br />

pointers in this regard – e.g., that getting started on the project itself will take twice<br />

as long as the data collection and that a research project will change at least twice<br />

in the middle <strong>of</strong> the process. Plans should also work concurrently as far as possible.<br />

In other words, you can be working on several steps at once, such as drafting a<br />

literature review at the same time as negotiating research access, or working on your<br />

data analysis at the same time as drafting your methodology chapter.<br />

The Desirable Versus the Possible<br />

“In the conflict between the desirable and the possible [in research],<br />

the possible always wins.”<br />

(Buchanan et al., cited in Saunders et al. 2009:71)<br />

Our second epigram in this section is one <strong>of</strong> the most sensible things ever said about<br />

research! What you actually achieve (the possible) is almost always different from<br />

what you set out to achieve (the desirable). This is not problematic in terms <strong>of</strong> the<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> the finished project as long as (a) you have slack time and contingency<br />

plans in place when the desired approach turns out not to be feasible; and (b) you<br />

acknowledge any limitations <strong>of</strong> your research due to the difference between the<br />

desirable and the possible in the appropriate places in the project. Refer back to<br />

Section 1 for more discussion <strong>of</strong> the latter point.<br />

What Should a Research Plan Contain?<br />

As distance learning students you will all be completing your projects over different<br />

periods <strong>of</strong> time depending on your individual circumstances. You should therefore<br />

start the planning process by setting a date when you would like to <strong>final</strong>ly submit.<br />

Don’t make this the same date as the date when you must submit the project in order<br />

to gain your degree (i.e., two years after your initial registration). Leave yourself some<br />

time in between – again to allow for any opportunities or problems to be dealt with.<br />

Also remember, as set out in the Diploma hand<strong>book</strong>, that all your coursework, as well<br />

as your project, must be completed by 1st September if you wish to be considered<br />

at the November/December Examination Board and to have the opportunity<br />

to graduate the following January. Likewise,1st March is the deadline for those<br />

who wish to be considered at the summer Examination Board, so as to have the<br />

opportunity to graduate in July that year. BUT DO NOT TRY TO RUSh ThROUGh YOUR<br />

PROJECT! MANY STUDENTS IN ThE PAST hAVE TRIED TO SQUEEZE ThEIR RESEARCh<br />

78 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

INTO AN INAPPROPRIATE TIMEFRAME, JUST TO SUBMIT EIThER BY 1ST SEPTEMBER<br />

OR 1ST MARCh. ThEY hAVE FAILED ThEIR PROJECT MODULE AS A RESULT. DON’T<br />

LET ThIS hAPPEN TO YOU. IT IS MUCh MORE SENSIBLE TO TAKE ThE TIME ThAT YOU<br />

NEED TO DO ThE BEST JOB YOU CAN!<br />

Once you have decided your submission date, you can then work backwards from<br />

this date and allocate weeks or months when each step <strong>of</strong> the plan will be undertaken.<br />

What follows are the elements <strong>of</strong> a plan for empirical projects. For theoretical or<br />

library projects, the steps relating to methodological design, gaining access and data<br />

gathering and analysis should be replaced by additional plans for accessing, reading,<br />

evaluating and synthesising subject-specific literature/s.<br />

• Give yourself time to generate your topic in the first instance, and to<br />

identify your research question/s. As we have suggested in Sections 2 and<br />

3, developing research questions should involve a scan <strong>of</strong> the subject-specific<br />

literature. This material – on organisational structure, organisational culture,<br />

relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee<br />

motivation, the supply chain, auditing, whatever – will form the basis for<br />

refining your research ideas.<br />

• Ensure that your timetable makes room for ongoing discussions with your<br />

supervisor via one <strong>of</strong> the Discussion Boards on <strong>Blackboard</strong> (see Section 9).<br />

This should allow for discussion before the tutor approves your proposal (see<br />

below) and afterwards while the research proper is taking place.<br />

• Decide when you will produce your draft literature review, remembering<br />

that you also need to make time for keeping up with any developments or<br />

‘new finds’ in the subject-specific literature throughout the project process.<br />

The literature review has many functions, as noted in Section 2, but one<br />

additional benefit <strong>of</strong> putting together a draft is that it gets you over the<br />

first hurdle <strong>of</strong> starting to write the actual project. Also consider where you<br />

are likely to get your literature from – your distance learning centre?; local<br />

university libraries?; through the full text databases on the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Leicester</strong> library website?; elsewhere on the Internet?; all <strong>of</strong> the above? etc.<br />

There are <strong>of</strong> also course time implications relating to each <strong>of</strong> these options. If<br />

you want to use material from other university libraries you need to check out<br />

what your access and borrowing privileges will be – if any. Students located<br />

in the UK might also want to consider using the British Library in London (see<br />

http://www.bl.uk/ for details). Refer back to your Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management<br />

<strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> for tips on where you can find the relevant material (Section 4:<br />

Learning Resources).<br />

• Also give yourself time to (re)read the methodology literature in order<br />

to <strong>final</strong>ise your methodology (how you will go about gathering/accessing<br />

your empirical data, whether they are primary or secondary). If you are doing<br />

primary empirical work then deciding on your methodology means identifying<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 79


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

an appropriate method but also choosing your sample and how you will go<br />

about selecting it. You will also need to design your schedule, if appropriate,<br />

and pilot it.<br />

• You need to write your one page research proposal. See the Proposal<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>orma – the structure <strong>of</strong> which must be followed for all proposal<br />

submissions – in the same place as the Project Guidelines on <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />

The Guidelines also <strong>of</strong>fer additional support on how to compile the proposal.<br />

The proposal should be submitted via the Discussion Board you are using,<br />

once both you and the tutor there are satisfied that you have identified<br />

suitable research questions, suitable subject-specific literature/s and a suitable<br />

methodology where relevant. We also strongly recommend that you continue<br />

with your literature review and/or your methodological reading whilst you<br />

are waiting for formal tutor approval as opposed to embarking on your<br />

data collection, in case the tutor recommends substantial changes to your<br />

research ideas. PLEASE ALSO NOTE ThAT, ALThOUGh ThE PROPOSAL DOES<br />

NOT FORM PART OF ThE MARK EVENTUALLY AWARDED FOR ThE PROJECT,<br />

YOU MUST hAVE SUBMITTED A PROPOSAL, AND hAVE hAD IT APPROVED ON<br />

BLACKBOARD. OThERWISE WE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO MARK YOUR PROJECT<br />

WhEN IT IS SUBMITTED. YOU MUST ALSO DOWNLOAD AND INCLUDE ThE<br />

APPROVAL MESSAGE FROM ThE TUTOR AS PART OF YOUR FINAL PROJECT<br />

SUBMISSION. PROJECTS SUBMITTED WIThOUT ThIS APPROVAL MESSAGE<br />

WILL BE RETURNED WIThOUT hAVING BEEN ASSESSED. AGAIN, SEE ThE<br />

PROJECT GUIDELINES FOR MORE INFORMATION.<br />

• Do you need to gain research access? If so, when will you do this? Also build<br />

in time to alter your methodology or to secure access elsewhere if necessary<br />

following these negotiations. More on access below.<br />

• When will you actually collect/access your primary and/or secondary data?<br />

When will you produce your draft methodology chapter? When will you<br />

analyse your data and draft the relevant chapter? All <strong>of</strong> these stages need<br />

to be included in your plan.<br />

• Also make time for producing your introduction, conclusion,<br />

recommendations, reflections, bibliography, appendices and redrafts <strong>of</strong><br />

chapters already written.<br />

• Finally, what about formatting, pro<strong>of</strong>reading etc.? Again see the Project<br />

Guidelines), and make time for all <strong>of</strong> this in your plan.<br />

• Which leads us to your <strong>final</strong> submission date.<br />

We also recommend that, for empirical projects, you keep a diary <strong>of</strong> how your data<br />

gathering progresses from start to finish (from choice <strong>of</strong> method through to data<br />

analysis). This will help as an aide mémoire when you are writing up your methodology<br />

and data analysis chapters. Something else we recommend when devising your plan<br />

is to check it out with one <strong>of</strong> the project support forum tutors on <strong>Blackboard</strong> at an<br />

80 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

early stage, to ensure it is both feasible and comprehensive. Also see Thinking point<br />

6.1 for an illustration <strong>of</strong> how not to do it!<br />

Thinking point 6.1: A very ambitious research plan<br />

Giulia is a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in Management student. She also<br />

manages a local clothes shop, and <strong>of</strong>ten works six days a week, as well<br />

as having a partner, three children and an active social life. Giulia always<br />

feels as if she is short <strong>of</strong> time, and tends to try and do her Diploma work<br />

as quickly as she can because she has so many other things demanding<br />

her attention. Giulia has decided that for her project she wants to find<br />

out about the extent to which the independent shops in her local area<br />

have training and development plans in place, how staff feel about the<br />

presence or absence <strong>of</strong> these plans and whether this has a negative<br />

or positive impact on their behaviour at work. This is as a result <strong>of</strong> her<br />

own experiences <strong>of</strong> managing the clothes shop, and also because <strong>of</strong><br />

the reading she has done which suggests that small and medium sized<br />

businesses – and retail businesses in particular – tend to neglect formal<br />

hRM activities. The literature argues that this can have a detrimental<br />

effect on staff’s motivation, commitment and performance.<br />

Giulia wants to interview four shop managers and four members <strong>of</strong><br />

staff (one per shop). But she has left her project very late and now has<br />

only six weeks until her registration on the programme expires, on 1st<br />

September 2010. She has finished reading the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />

Project <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> and develops the following research plan to try<br />

and cram all the necessary work in:<br />

Generate topic/research questions: as a result <strong>of</strong> her reading for her<br />

Managing People and Organizations elective <strong>module</strong>, Giulia has already<br />

decided on her topic and refined her research questions.<br />

Draft literature review: Giulia sets aside one week for reading and<br />

drafting her literature review. She knows that she can’t just resubmit<br />

her MPO assignment as the literature review. However she thinks she<br />

can return to the notes she took for this assignment, and do a very fast<br />

search on the <strong>University</strong> databases to update these notes, then turn it<br />

all into the finished draft in seven days. 15.7.10–21.7.10<br />

Read methodology literature and <strong>final</strong>ise methodology: Giulia allows a<br />

week for this, including designing and piloting her interview schedules<br />

(one for managers, one for staff). She is going to use her deputy manager<br />

and one <strong>of</strong> her staff team to pilot the schedules. 22.7.10–28.7.10<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 81


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Writing and submitting one page project proposal: Giulia decides she<br />

doesn’t have time to do this, so leaves it out <strong>of</strong> the plan altogether.<br />

Gaining access: Giulia already has good contacts with her fellow local<br />

shop managers so she reckons she can make a few quick phone calls<br />

one evening and set all <strong>of</strong> the interviews up that way. 29.7.10<br />

Collect data: Giulia sets aside two weeks for this. She knows that retail<br />

staff <strong>of</strong>ten work part time so aren’t always available on any given day.<br />

30.7.10–13.8.10<br />

Draft methodology: Another week is set aside here. Giulia thinks she’s<br />

done the necessary reading already so putting the draft together<br />

shouldn’t take long. 14.8.10–21.8.10<br />

Data analysis and draft data analysis chapter: Giulia figures she will<br />

have all the material she needs by this point – both subject-specific<br />

literature and data – so she sets aside another week for this process.<br />

22.8.10–28.8.10<br />

Introduction, conclusion, recommendations, reflections, bibliography,<br />

appendices, redraft: Giulia decides she can do all <strong>of</strong> this in two days.<br />

29.8.10–30.8.10<br />

Formatting and pro<strong>of</strong>reading: Giulia sets aside one day for this. 31.8.10<br />

Final submission date: 1.9.2010<br />

Giulia has made several fundamental errors in putting her research plan<br />

together. Based on our recommendations for compiling a research plan,<br />

what do you think they are? What can you do to avoid them in your<br />

own plan?<br />

And so to actually getting in to organisations – or wherever – to collect your primary<br />

data. In other words, we now consider the vexed question <strong>of</strong> achieving access.<br />

Research Access<br />

How Much Access Do You Need? What About Cognitive Access?<br />

We know from a Section 4 task that some methods are more intrusive than others –<br />

e.g., observation (more intrusive, especially in its participant form) versus SAQs (less<br />

intrusive, especially where you never meet the respondents). There are also different<br />

types <strong>of</strong> access. Physical access means getting agreement to actually gather your<br />

82 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

data from the gatekeeper 15 <strong>of</strong> the organisation/s concerned. Cognitive access<br />

means being able to access your respondents’ real opinions – getting them to trust<br />

you and open up to you. So while you may achieve physical access – say the hR<br />

Director gives you permission to interview a sample <strong>of</strong> the employees at Organisation<br />

X – you also need to consider how you will go about achieving cognitive access so<br />

that your respondents will actually provide you with meaningful data. Techniques<br />

like the ‘warning letter’, good schedule design and piloting, effective administration<br />

(all covered in Section 5) and ensuring that you pay careful attention to the ethics <strong>of</strong><br />

research (covered later in this section) help in this latter respect.<br />

Leave Enough Time<br />

Negotiating access can be time consuming especially if you are cold-calling (i.e.,<br />

you have no prior contact with or knowledge <strong>of</strong> the organisation). Then you need<br />

to make the initial contact, and possibly follow it up if you don’t hear anything for a<br />

while. You may also not select the right person to approach in the first instance and<br />

have to start again with someone else. Further, you may need to physically meet with<br />

someone at the organisation/s to agree the terms <strong>of</strong> your access. These difficulties<br />

and obstacles are all good reasons why access negotiation should not be ignored<br />

in your research plan, and why you need to set aside a sensible amount <strong>of</strong> time to<br />

complete the negotiations.<br />

Warm Contacts Versus Cold-Calling<br />

The usual advice is to draw on any track record you have with the organisation/s<br />

where you want to collect or access data – e.g., a partner, relative or friend who<br />

works there or has worked there in the past. These kinds <strong>of</strong> warm contacts allow<br />

those inside the organisation to vouch for you, tell you whom to speak to and so on<br />

– they generally smooth the path <strong>of</strong> access negotiations. Indeed perhaps you work at<br />

the organisation now or have worked there previously (i.e., you are an insider). This<br />

is beneficial as you will have some knowledge <strong>of</strong> the organisation’s history and its<br />

politics, as well as who to approach for permission. Plus it should mean that you have<br />

considerable credibility with the people concerned. On the downside, perhaps there<br />

are or were status differences between you and your respondents – could this create<br />

problems? how objective can you be about such a familiar setting, if this is important<br />

to you? If you are still working there, how easy will it be to keep data confidential if<br />

necessary? Plus if you make mistakes in gathering your data, will you then have to live<br />

with them at work? And so on …<br />

If cold-calling, whom should you contact? We recommend that you start with the<br />

most senior member <strong>of</strong> the human Resources team or its equivalent – the hR manager<br />

or director – or alternatively the head <strong>of</strong> the Public Relations department if this seems<br />

more appropriate. You could even try the CEO if it is a small organisation. These<br />

senior members <strong>of</strong> the organisation would usually act as gatekeepers, brokers or<br />

patrons for your research. In other words, they may be able to give broad agreement<br />

15 This is the person who has authority to grant you permission to do your<br />

research at that specific site.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 83


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

for access, but might then pass you on to someone else to negotiate the details. If<br />

you don’t know who the relevant individual is for your organisation/s, you could<br />

contact their telephone switchboard or their Internet site for details. Alternatively,<br />

you could try finding out from the local Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce or its equivalent,<br />

a pr<strong>of</strong>essional association (e.g., the UK’s Chartered Institute <strong>of</strong> Personnel and<br />

Development), a trade union etc. Above all, make sure you get the person’s title,<br />

name and postal or e-mail address right!<br />

If cold-calling, write in the first instance – possibly by e-mail, but a hard copy letter<br />

is more formal and pr<strong>of</strong>essional. however, e-mail may speed things up especially if<br />

the organisation/s concerned are in another region or country to you. The letter itself<br />

should:<br />

1. Tell the recipient about your research topic and why you are interested in their<br />

organisation.<br />

2. Establish your credibility (say that you are a Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma in<br />

Management distance learning student at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong>).<br />

3. Indicate the kind <strong>of</strong> access you would like, including method, sample size, the<br />

time and any resources (e.g., an interview room) you will need and when you<br />

would ideally like to do the data collection/access.<br />

4. State anything you can <strong>of</strong>fer in return because “the more the company<br />

gives, in time or money, the more it expects in exchange” (Easterby-Smith et<br />

al. 2008:30). You could for example <strong>of</strong>fer some kind <strong>of</strong> report on your data<br />

to managers and/respondents. Maybe your research focuses on a topic <strong>of</strong><br />

particular significance to the organisation which otherwise they would not<br />

have the resources or time to explore. But do make sure whatever you <strong>of</strong>fer<br />

is actually going to happen!<br />

5. What can you guarantee? Perhaps that you will make minimal use <strong>of</strong> their<br />

time and resources? Perhaps that you can <strong>of</strong>fer anonymity and confidentiality?<br />

6. Use formal language and the business letter format.<br />

7. Write clearly and keep it as short as possible – the person you are writing to<br />

is likely to be very busy.<br />

8. Make replying to your initial request easy – include a stamped or franked selfaddressed<br />

envelope/e-mail address/fax number/(cell/mobile?) phone number.<br />

You could even use a pro forma where the individual can simply tick ‘yes’ or<br />

‘no’ to your request, and if it is a ‘yes’ indicate times and dates to discuss this<br />

further if required, or give details <strong>of</strong> another person to speak to if appropriate.<br />

84 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

9. If you are sending a hard copy letter, word process or type it, address it<br />

personally, sign it by hand and print the envelope if possible. Follow the letter<br />

up with a phone call if you don’t hear anything but wait for at least 2–3<br />

weeks to do this!<br />

Negotiating the Contract and What Happens Afterwards<br />

Drawing up a written contract regarding your research access might be a good idea,<br />

especially in a cold-calling situation, as then both sides will be sure about what has<br />

been agreed. But whatever happens the <strong>final</strong> details <strong>of</strong> your research access need to<br />

be spelled out carefully and clearly. Also be careful not to give away too much when<br />

negotiating access. For example, if the organisation demands pro<strong>of</strong>reading rights<br />

this could create a lot <strong>of</strong> difficulties for you at a later date if they require changes that<br />

detract from the substance <strong>of</strong> your argument. Alternatively, the organisation may ask<br />

you to sign a confidentiality agreement. We strongly recommend that you discuss<br />

this with a tutor on the appropriate <strong>Blackboard</strong> support forum before signing any<br />

such document, to ensure that it will not create any problems in terms <strong>of</strong> assessment.<br />

Thereafter, you may want to consider keeping a contact report – i.e., a diary noting<br />

when agreed actions were completed – and sending regular updates to the relevant<br />

organisational personnel so everyone is informed about your progress.<br />

As suggested above, once physical access has been agreed, you may want to contact<br />

respondents separately via a ‘warning letter’ to enhance your chances <strong>of</strong> achieving<br />

cognitive access. Finally, honesty is imperative throughout regarding what you would<br />

like in terms <strong>of</strong> access and what you can do in return.<br />

And <strong>final</strong>ly in this section, one <strong>of</strong> the trickiest issues <strong>of</strong> all …<br />

Research Ethics: The Basics<br />

At the risk <strong>of</strong> sounding repetitive, this subject is extremely important. ULSM tutors<br />

will take ethical considerations into account when assessing a project proposal and<br />

<strong>of</strong> course the eventual submission itself, as we feel that this is a vital aspect <strong>of</strong> any<br />

sound piece <strong>of</strong> research. We therefore strongly recommend that you spend some<br />

time reading in more detail about research ethics as what we cover here is only the<br />

basics 16 .<br />

You should also note that, as part <strong>of</strong> your one page research proposal, you will need<br />

to answer specific questions about the ethics <strong>of</strong> your proposed research. Please see<br />

the Project Guidelines on <strong>Blackboard</strong> for more about the ethics approval process.<br />

16 Of course this is true <strong>of</strong> all the other issues covered in this <strong>book</strong>, even when<br />

taken in conjunction with the companion text<strong>book</strong>, the Project Guidelines and the<br />

other resources available on <strong>Blackboard</strong>. But we particularly stress the need to read<br />

more widely regarding research ethics because it is a central part <strong>of</strong> a good project<br />

and yet tends in our experience to be neglected by students.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 85


however, for the time being you need to remember two key issues:<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

1. No field research with live human beings can be undertaken by any<br />

student or member <strong>of</strong> staff at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> without receiving<br />

prior ethical approval. In other words, if you are doing any kind <strong>of</strong> primary<br />

empirical research for your project, then the <strong>Blackboard</strong> tutor will take this<br />

into account when assessing your proposal. Approval <strong>of</strong> the proposal signifies<br />

ethical approval in all cases. Where ethical approval is not given you will be<br />

required to submit a revised proposal.<br />

2. Please also be aware that, if you answer the questions about ethics on<br />

your proposal incorrectly, then you will not obtain ethical approval for your<br />

research. Again this will require resubmission <strong>of</strong> the proposal.<br />

But what do we actually mean by research ethics? Ethics in academic research can<br />

be roughly defined as “the appropriateness <strong>of</strong> your behaviour in relation to the<br />

rights <strong>of</strong> those who become the subject <strong>of</strong> your [research] work, or are affected<br />

by it” (Saunders et al. 2009:183–184). Remember that certain people may be<br />

affected by your research even if they don’t participate in it in any way – e.g., if your<br />

recommendations are implemented by the organisation/s concerned. As a general<br />

rule <strong>of</strong> thumb, researchers should<br />

“safeguard the proper interests <strong>of</strong> those involved in or affected by their<br />

work … ensure that the physical, social and psychological well-being <strong>of</strong><br />

research participants is not adversely affected by the research … [and]<br />

attempt to anticipate, and to guard against, consequences for research<br />

participants that can be predicted to be harmful.” (British Sociological<br />

Association 2002: paragraphs 6, 13 and 26)<br />

You might find it useful to consult the BSA’S Statement <strong>of</strong> Ethical Practice yourself<br />

for more information on ethics. Similar sorts <strong>of</strong> statements can be found in other<br />

scholarly associations’ codes <strong>of</strong> practice – e.g., the British Psychological Society,<br />

the Academy <strong>of</strong> Management, the American Psychological Association, the American<br />

Sociological Association etc. You need to consider research ethics throughout any<br />

empirical project – when considering your topic and questions, choosing your<br />

method, selecting your sample, designing your schedule, gaining access, collecting<br />

data, analysing them and writing up the project itself.<br />

It is also worth bearing in mind Fine et al.’s (2003:178) observation that “ethnography<br />

depends upon human relationships, engagement and attachment, with the research<br />

process potentially placing research subjects at grave risk <strong>of</strong> manipulation and<br />

betrayal”. Although Fine et al. refer specifically to ethnography here (as discussed in<br />

Section 4), we suggest the use <strong>of</strong> qualitative methods in general probably exacerbates<br />

the need to be alert to research ethics. This is because qualitative methods usually<br />

allow us to get closer to our respondents, to find out more about them – and so<br />

they become more identifiable in the <strong>final</strong> write-up and more vulnerable as a result.<br />

This does not however mean that those conducting quantitative research can ignore<br />

ethics – they are very important in this regard as well!<br />

86 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

What follows is a discussion <strong>of</strong> what we would regard as the basic ways in which<br />

you can try to ensure that your research is as ethical as possible. Research ethics as a<br />

subject area goes well beyond the issues discussed here, but this material should give<br />

you an idea <strong>of</strong> what we regard as the minimum.<br />

Securing Informed Consent<br />

Informed consent means that those who take part in the research do so <strong>of</strong> their<br />

own free will, without any coercion or deception by the researcher, and have enough<br />

information to be able to make that decision sensibly. It requires that you spell out<br />

the aims and nature <strong>of</strong> the research, who is doing it and what the results will be<br />

used for to potential respondents – and also that you allow them to choose whether<br />

they do in fact participate. Informed consent may even involve generating a written<br />

contract which both you and each respondent should sign. But, whether written<br />

down or not, the following are all important aspects <strong>of</strong> securing informed consent:<br />

• respondents should know who you are and how you can be contacted;<br />

• respondents should understand what the research topic is and why the<br />

research is being carried out. They should also understand what is being<br />

asked <strong>of</strong> them and how the resulting data will be used;<br />

• respondents should be assured <strong>of</strong> confidentiality and anonymity if appropriate;<br />

• respondents should be told that it is their choice as to whether they take part;<br />

• respondents should be told that they are free to withdraw from the research<br />

process at any time, and that they don’t have to answer all your questions;<br />

• respondents should be asked if they will consent to the reproduction <strong>of</strong> any<br />

direct quotations from what they have told you;<br />

• if the informed consent contract is written down, then it should be signed<br />

and dated by both you and the respondent to confirm their agreement and<br />

they should be given a copy.<br />

Ensuring informed consent can take place in conjunction with the ‘warning letter’<br />

discussed in Section 5 or during the introduction to the interview/SAQ/observation<br />

session itself.<br />

Unfortunately many researchers have not followed this basic ethical rule in the past.<br />

Indeed in 1985, Adair et al. (cited in Robson 2002:69) suggested that “upwards <strong>of</strong><br />

81% <strong>of</strong> studies published in the top social psychological journals use deception in their<br />

procedures”. Examples include Roy’s participant observation in a factory (see Section<br />

4), where his co-workers did not know he was an academic. The defence for this kind<br />

<strong>of</strong> approach is usually that it minimises what we have referred to elsewhere as the<br />

observer effect, so that socially acceptable answers or behaviours from informants<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 87


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

are not an issue. however, it is still highly unethical as it does not give participants<br />

any choice about whether they actually take part in the research.<br />

A different example is Milgram’s (1974) infamous experiments on the connection<br />

between authority and conformity. These, very briefly, consisted <strong>of</strong> pairs <strong>of</strong> respondents<br />

who were in separate rooms. One <strong>of</strong> each pair (the ‘teacher’) asked the other (the<br />

‘learner’) questions. Every time a question was answered incorrectly, the teacher had<br />

to inflict an electric shock on the learner. These shocks ranged up to 240 volts, which<br />

was designated as a ‘dangerous’ level. The teachers were told by Milgram that the<br />

experiment was in fact about the relationship between pain and learning – i.e., does<br />

inflicting electric shocks help someone to learn information more effectively? But in<br />

reality Milgram wanted to see whether, if one was told to obey an order (authority),<br />

would the order be followed even if it was unpleasant (conformity)? So the actual<br />

subjects <strong>of</strong> the experiment were not the learners, but the teachers, although the<br />

latter were completely unaware <strong>of</strong> this fact.<br />

The authority–conformity relationship was assessed via one <strong>of</strong> Milgram’s team circling<br />

the experimental site to tell any teacher who began to show disquiet at having to<br />

inflict increasing levels <strong>of</strong> shocks that ‘The experiment requires you to continue’.<br />

Things were made worse by learners audibly screaming in pain, calling for mercy<br />

or, even more dramatically, falling silent altogether. The experiment actually showed<br />

that the majority <strong>of</strong> the teachers did inflict the maximum voltage, despite a group <strong>of</strong><br />

psychiatric experts being asked beforehand what would happen and predicting that<br />

only a tiny percentage would in fact go this far.<br />

You will be relieved to know that in fact no electric shocks were involved. These were<br />

faked, as were the reactions <strong>of</strong> the learners. Nonetheless, the teachers in this case had<br />

not given their informed consent as they were unaware <strong>of</strong> the true purpose <strong>of</strong> the<br />

research; and so the research can be considered very problematic in this regard. We<br />

should also consider covert note-taking and recording in this context. Furthermore,<br />

remember that the standard line in methodological discussions in the contemporary<br />

social sciences is that covert research <strong>of</strong> any kind is not acceptable.<br />

Also problematic in relation to informed consent is the tactic <strong>of</strong> coercion. Robson<br />

talks, for example, about prisoners being <strong>of</strong>fered early release or extra food for<br />

taking part in trials <strong>of</strong> potentially dangerous drugs. Coercion though can relate to<br />

<strong>of</strong>fering any kind <strong>of</strong> incentive to potential respondents to participate. Does ‘bribing’<br />

respondents in this way mean that they have in fact given their full consent? This is<br />

debatable.<br />

On a different note, one <strong>of</strong> the authors <strong>of</strong> this <strong>book</strong> conducted interviews in a university<br />

and a financial services organisation for her PhD research. When she approached<br />

staff at the university to ask them to take part, she told them she had already gained<br />

permission from the head <strong>of</strong> their department to do so. Although this was true, and<br />

she passed on this information so that the potential respondents would know she<br />

had <strong>of</strong>ficial permission to do her research, it seemed some felt as a result that they<br />

had to take part. In other words, certain people interpreted the head <strong>of</strong> department’s<br />

88 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

permission as an implicit order for them to agree to be interviewed. This could also<br />

be regarded as an instance <strong>of</strong> (unintended) coercion.<br />

Not Placing Respondents Under Any Physical or Psychological Duress<br />

The Milgram experiment has also been widely criticised for subjecting its participants<br />

to duress – in other words, making them undergo a potentially harmful or stressful<br />

experience. Similarly, Zimbardo et al.’s (1973) research created a mock prison<br />

environment, using paid volunteers, to explore how people respond to the roles they<br />

are given. Do they fulfil the role as it is ‘<strong>of</strong>ficially’ stated or do they negotiate and<br />

interpret it themselves? In other words, do our roles shape us or do we shape our<br />

roles? The young male participants were designated as either prisoners or guards,<br />

and given the appropriate clothes and props. The experiment was supposed to<br />

last for a fortnight but was abandoned after six days. This was because the guards<br />

were <strong>of</strong>ten cruel and tried to break the prisoners’ spirits. The prisoners, for their<br />

part, became servile, felt dehumanised and depressed, had fits <strong>of</strong> crying and rage,<br />

and exhibited disorganised thinking. Some had nervous breakdowns. Nearly all the<br />

prisoners begged to be released early and were happy to forfeit any payment. In<br />

short, it seems from this experiment that it is roles that shape us, not the other<br />

way round. But the ethical question here is whether it was appropriate to test this<br />

hypothesis using these means. Furthermore, could Zimbardo and colleagues not have<br />

predicted the unpleasant psychological outcomes which resulted for the men who<br />

participated? 17<br />

Respondent Validation/Member Check<br />

We have referred to this idea before in Section 5. We can understand the practice<br />

<strong>of</strong> asking respondents to comment on draft data analyses as allowing you and them<br />

to move towards a common understanding <strong>of</strong> the research site and thus enhancing<br />

the credibility or validity <strong>of</strong> the findings. But doing a ‘member check’ also has ethical<br />

ramifications because it <strong>of</strong>fers respondents the courtesy <strong>of</strong> being able to approve the<br />

ways in which they are represented in the eventual research text.<br />

17 It is worth noting here that Milgram’s discussions with eminent psychiatrists<br />

about the apparently very small likelihood that any teacher would go to the maximum<br />

voltage is something he raises as a defence <strong>of</strong> his approach. Likewise, Zimbardo and<br />

colleagues had screened all applicants for the prison experiment so as to select only<br />

those who appeared intelligent, stable, well adjusted and generally normal – thus<br />

(they thought) minimising the likelihood <strong>of</strong> any psychological repercussions for those<br />

who took part.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 89


Maintaining Confidentiality and Anonymity<br />

As discussed in Section 5 and above.<br />

Reporting Genuine Data<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Transparency throughout the research process is essential. You should seek to ensure<br />

that you are able to provide evidence <strong>of</strong> your research process and data collection,<br />

as advised in Section 1. It is good practice to keep and store diaries, correspondence<br />

with anyone at your empirical site/s, completed questionnaires, video/audio tapes<br />

<strong>of</strong> all interviews, photographs etc. ULSM markers have in the past asked students<br />

to provide evidence <strong>of</strong> their data collection following submission <strong>of</strong> their projects,<br />

where doubts have arisen as to the accuracy <strong>of</strong> their claims about their data or indeed<br />

whether their data exist at all. Your data can then be destroyed once you have passed<br />

your project and achieved your Diploma.<br />

Again there are many examples <strong>of</strong> researchers having falsified data in the past. Broad<br />

and Wade (1983) describe several instances <strong>of</strong> this kind. One famous case is British<br />

psychologist Sir Cyril Burt’s statistical studies <strong>of</strong> the intelligence <strong>of</strong> identical twins.<br />

he claimed to have found that their IQs were identical even when they had been<br />

adopted by different families at birth and thus brought up apart. In other words,<br />

the key assertions here are that intelligence is (a) genetically inherited and (b) fixed<br />

throughout life. This research was taken so seriously that, after World War II, Burt<br />

became involved in establishing a new two-tier system <strong>of</strong> secondary education in the<br />

UK based on his findings. Children took an examination called the 11 plus and were<br />

then placed into grammar schools (for the more academically gifted) or secondary<br />

moderns (for those deemed to be more suited to a vocational education). But in<br />

the 1970s, after his death, Burt was publicly accused <strong>of</strong> having fabricated his data.<br />

For example, in three separate studies <strong>of</strong> different numbers <strong>of</strong> identical twins, he<br />

reported the same statistical correlation <strong>of</strong> IQ scores to the third decimal point. This is<br />

an incredible, not to say highly implausible, finding. Similar flaws exist in his research<br />

reports as far back as 1909. It has also been suggested that his two field investigators/<br />

co-authors, ‘Margaret howard’ and ‘J. Conway’ never actually existed.<br />

Tensions and Ambiguities in Research Ethics<br />

What follows is a discussion <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the ways in which it can be difficult or<br />

challenging to put even this ‘bare minimum’ <strong>of</strong> ethical considerations into practice.<br />

This is not intended to deter you from taking ethics very seriously indeed. Instead it<br />

should alert you to some <strong>of</strong> the ways in which you might breach ethical rules or face<br />

ethical challenges during the research process, even if you are trying to do the ‘right<br />

thing’.<br />

90 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Informed Consent: Observation and the ‘Public Interest Defence’<br />

The first question here is whether informed consent is something that researchers<br />

should focus on only at the beginning <strong>of</strong> the data collection process, which then<br />

satisfies this particular ethical requirement. This is especially relevant to observation.<br />

We have talked in Section 5 about allowing respondents to get used to your presence<br />

as an observer in their daily habitat and for you to become ‘part <strong>of</strong> the furniture’. But<br />

do we also have the responsibility to continually remind people <strong>of</strong> whom we are and<br />

why we are in their organisation? Otherwise they may forget that they are talking<br />

to or behaving in front <strong>of</strong> a researcher and so let their guard down unwittingly.<br />

The British Sociological Association (2002:paragraph 25) actually say that informed<br />

consent may need to be an ongoing practice in situations <strong>of</strong> this kind.<br />

The second question is the so-called ‘public interest defence’. Milgram, for example,<br />

has justified his research protocol on the basis that he was examining a key social<br />

issue, based on the ‘I was only obeying orders’ explanation from the guards <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Nazi SS after their atrocities were revealed in the wake <strong>of</strong> World War II. Milgram<br />

suggests that his approach was intended to assess whether ‘normal’ people in ‘normal’<br />

situations actually obeyed even unpleasant or unacceptable orders in the same way,<br />

and so his results were therefore <strong>of</strong> significant public interest. A related example is a<br />

recent television documentary, aired in the UK, where a journalist went undercover<br />

with the extreme right wing British National Party and filmed their activities and<br />

opinions without those involved being aware he was a reporter. The documentary<br />

itself was extremely shocking, and could again be defended on the basis that the<br />

‘real’ BNP attitudes and behaviours would not have come to light in any other way.<br />

But the British Sociological Association again suggest that any covert research needs<br />

a very robust and substantial defence <strong>of</strong> this kind, and even then is not immune from<br />

ethical criticisms.<br />

What Does It Actually Mean To Not Place Respondents Under Duress?<br />

We have already discussed some fairly glaring examples <strong>of</strong> placing respondents under<br />

duress in the shape <strong>of</strong> the Milgram and Zimbardo et al. experiments. But subjecting<br />

respondents to some form <strong>of</strong> duress doesn’t have to be as dramatic as these examples.<br />

It can be as simple as requiring them to answer all the questions in an interview,<br />

or probing for clarification or more details beyond their comfort zone. There are<br />

issues here <strong>of</strong> the initial choice <strong>of</strong> research topic/question/s as well as how sensitive<br />

we are to the ways in which respondents react to our questions. Reactions aren’t just<br />

verbal either. Facial expressions, gestures, body posture, nervous laughter etc. might<br />

all signal that a respondent is having difficulty discussing a specific issue.<br />

For example, Ramazanoğlu and holland (1994) cite Kelly discussing her research into<br />

adult female survivors <strong>of</strong> sexual abuse, and how she had to bring some interviews<br />

to a premature close because the respondents became so upset. This might seem<br />

like a pretty obvious example because the subject matter here is extremely personal<br />

and intimate. however, Ramazanoğlu and holland, while suggesting that their own<br />

research into young women’s perceptions <strong>of</strong> sexual risk and AIDS also falls into<br />

this category, go on to argue that they were faced with an additional challenge<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 91


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

during this project. Some <strong>of</strong> their respondents struggled with vocabulary during the<br />

interviews because the ‘scientific’ terms for certain body parts – like ‘penis’ or ‘vagina’<br />

– which the interviewers were using weren’t ones which these young women used as<br />

a matter <strong>of</strong> course. however, the respondents also worried that their own preferred<br />

terminology for these body parts was too crude and embarrassing to use in the<br />

context <strong>of</strong> an interview. Reassuring the young women in this respect required what<br />

Silverman and Perakyla (cited in Ramazanoğlu and holland 1994:139) call “elegant<br />

interactional work” by the interviewers.<br />

The Realities <strong>of</strong> Respondent Validation/Member Check<br />

As holliday, following Skeggs, notes, “discursive frameworks make interpretation<br />

from a critical perspective impossible for some respondents. The … practice <strong>of</strong> having<br />

respondents confirm one’s interpretation is by no means a guarantee <strong>of</strong> ‘truth’”<br />

(2000:518). If we consider the power relations at work here and the status that<br />

academic researchers still enjoy in many societies, it becomes clear that respondents<br />

might indeed find it difficult to challenge a representation that an academic has<br />

made <strong>of</strong> them, even if they object to it. In other words, maybe they feel that the<br />

academic is the expert and knows them better than they know themselves. This may<br />

not be as much <strong>of</strong> an issue for you as Diploma students but it could arise if you are<br />

doing research in your own organisation with more junior members <strong>of</strong> staff.<br />

When And How Should We Maintain Anonymity?<br />

hearn (2004) documents his experiences <strong>of</strong> discrimination as a non-Finn applying<br />

for a pr<strong>of</strong>essorial post at a Finnish university. he refers to how his academic standing<br />

and qualifications were misrepresented. hearn also says that being able to speak<br />

Finnish had been explicitly signalled in the advertisement and further particulars for<br />

the post as irrelevant, but then reappeared as a criterion for his eventual rejection.<br />

The process lasted from August 1998 when the advertisement appeared to April<br />

2001 when another candidate was confirmed as having been successful. Despite the<br />

fact that hearn’s version <strong>of</strong> events is highly critical <strong>of</strong> those involved, no attempt is<br />

made to anonymise this series <strong>of</strong> events. All individuals and institutions are named,<br />

and chunks <strong>of</strong> correspondence between hearn and other players are reproduced<br />

verbatim.<br />

hearn notes that that the Finnish system <strong>of</strong> academic recruitment is totally open in<br />

the sense that a list <strong>of</strong> all applicants for a job is made public, as are referees’ reports<br />

as well as documents on how the faculty reached their eventual decision. he says he<br />

did consider disguising identities – including his own – but decided this would be<br />

“disingenuous” given the public nature <strong>of</strong> many <strong>of</strong> the relevant documents and the<br />

fact that the case had been widely reported in the Finnish media (hearn 2004:41).<br />

hearn’s paper therefore raises two key ethical questions. First, do we owe any duty<br />

<strong>of</strong> anonymity to respondents whose behaviour we see as problematic? Second, in<br />

qualitative research especially, we need to bear in mind that full anonymity <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

requires more than just changing the names <strong>of</strong> people, organisations and places.<br />

We may also need to attend to job titles, ages, genders, ethnicities, educational<br />

qualifications, country <strong>of</strong> location, even language used in order to make sure that<br />

92 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

nothing and no one is identifiable from the text. But is it actually possible to fully<br />

anonymise qualitative data in this way without sacrificing their complexity, nuances,<br />

specificity to their locale, how they report respondents’ words and constructions –<br />

and thus their impact? After all, the richness and detail <strong>of</strong> qualitative data are the<br />

main reasons why some researchers choose this approach in the first place.<br />

Also<br />

“Suppose that, [in the course <strong>of</strong> your data gathering] in an <strong>of</strong>fice,<br />

school or hospital setting, you observe serious and persistent bullying by<br />

someone in a position <strong>of</strong> power; or that people are being put at physical<br />

or other risk by someone’s dereliction <strong>of</strong> duty.” (Robson 2002:71)<br />

What do you do in this instance if you have also promised anonymity to the bully – how<br />

can you report their behaviour? You should in the first instance post a query to the<br />

relevant <strong>Blackboard</strong> project support forum for advice from a ULSM tutor (obviously<br />

without giving anything away about who or which organisation is involved). They<br />

may recommend that you take it up formally with the organisation regardless <strong>of</strong> the<br />

anonymity guarantee, or withdraw from involvement with the people concerned.<br />

Even more difficult is the instance where something like this occurs in your own<br />

organisation.<br />

In all, these questions do not have easy answers – but we raise them because you<br />

need to be aware <strong>of</strong> them from the start <strong>of</strong> your project research.<br />

Summary<br />

1. Research plans covering the whole project process are useful but should<br />

contain as much slack as possible, as well as contingency plans.<br />

2. Gaining access requires leaving enough time, talking to the right people,<br />

making viable promises, devising a clear contract and being honest.<br />

3. Also remember that being an insider has benefits and drawbacks in this<br />

respect, and that there is a difference between physical and cognitive access.<br />

4. There are ‘bare minimum’ ethical standards in research which need to be<br />

considered throughout …<br />

5. ... but these involve tensions and ambiguities in themselves: for example,<br />

should you breach someone’s anonymity if you hear about or see them doing<br />

something you consider unacceptable?<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 93


� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

British Sociological Association (2002) Statement <strong>of</strong> Ethical Practice Available online<br />

at: http://www.britsoc.co.uk/equality/Statement+Ethical+Practice.htm (accessed 5 th<br />

November 2009)<br />

Broad, W. and N. Wade (1983) Betrayers <strong>of</strong> the Truth New York: Simon and Schuster<br />

Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />

London: Sage pp. 129–138<br />

Fine, M., L. Weis, S. Weseen and L. Wong (2003) ‘For whom? Qualitative research,<br />

representations and social responsibilities’ in N.K. Denzin and Y.S. Lincoln (eds.) The<br />

Landscape <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Research 2 nd Edition. Thousand Oaks, California: Sage pp.<br />

167–207<br />

hearn, J. (2004) ‘Personal resistance through persistence to organizational resistance<br />

through distance’ in R. Thomas, A. Mills and J.h. Mills (eds.) Identity Politics at Work:<br />

Resisting Gender, Gendering Resistance Abingdon, Oxfordshire: Routledge pp. 40–63<br />

holliday, R. (2000) ‘We’ve been framed: visualising methodology’ Sociological Review<br />

48(4):503–521<br />

Milgram, S. (1974) Obedience to Authority London: Tavistock Publications (also see<br />

Milgram, S. (1994) ‘Conformity and independence’ in h. Clark, J. Chandler and J. Barry<br />

(eds.) Organization and Identities: Text and Readings in Organizational Behaviour<br />

London: Chapman and hall, pp. 132–144)<br />

94 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Ramazanoğlu, C. and J. holland (1994) ‘Coming to conclusions: power and<br />

interpretation in researching young women’s sexuality’, in M. Maynard and J. Purvis<br />

(eds.) Researching Women’s Lives from a Feminist Perspective London: Taylor and<br />

Francis pp. 125–148<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 65–76, pp. 376–384<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />

5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 6<br />

Roy, D.F. (1960) ‘Banana time: job satisfaction and informal interaction’ Human<br />

Organization 18:156–168<br />

Zimbardo, P.G., C. haney, W.C. Banks and D. Jaffe (1973) ‘The mind is a formidable<br />

jailor: “a Pirandellian prison’’’ New York Times Magazine 8 th April pp. 38–60<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 95


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

96 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 7<br />

Analysing Quantitative Data


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 7<br />

Analysing Quantitative Data<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />

• outline different types <strong>of</strong> statistics and different types <strong>of</strong><br />

quantitative data<br />

• discuss different ways in which quantitative data can be measured<br />

• identify various graphical and numerical representations <strong>of</strong><br />

descriptive statistics<br />

• appreciate the role <strong>of</strong> inference in statistical analysis.<br />

Introduction<br />

This section is concerned with techniques for analysing quantitative data. It approaches<br />

this broad subject area from the perspective <strong>of</strong> those <strong>of</strong> you who need to understand<br />

how other people’s data have been manipulated to produce their research findings,<br />

as well as those who want to analyse their own quantitative data. If you have studied<br />

Quantitative Analysis for Management as an elective <strong>module</strong>, some <strong>of</strong> this material<br />

will already be familiar to you. We cover types <strong>of</strong> statistics and types <strong>of</strong> data, discuss<br />

scales <strong>of</strong> measurement for quantitative data <strong>of</strong> different types, explore the difference<br />

between graphical and numerical representations <strong>of</strong> descriptive data and discuss the<br />

two approaches to making predictions based on our observations using inferential<br />

statistics.<br />

The Terminology <strong>of</strong> Statistics<br />

We all use statistics on a regular basis, usually without knowing it, including those<br />

<strong>of</strong> us who insist that we are not numerically minded. Statistics help us to make sense<br />

<strong>of</strong> our experiences. We might observe, for example, that our commute to work in the<br />

morning takes us between 60 minutes and 85 minutes depending upon the traffic<br />

and the time we leave home. In discussions with colleagues we may come to the<br />

conclusion, based on our shared observations, that congestion in our local area is<br />

increasing, and it is therefore taking us longer to get to work. We might ponder how<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 97


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

long it will take us next year to travel from home to work. We might even decide that<br />

we want to find a new job closer to home as a result <strong>of</strong> all these considerations.<br />

In statistical terms, here we are generalising from what we have observed. We can<br />

also distinguish between two types <strong>of</strong> statistics that are apparent in this example.<br />

In observing the time it takes us to commute to work we are providing descriptive<br />

statistics’ i.e., a description <strong>of</strong> our observation. Within the example we are also<br />

inferring (from the observations we have made) an observation that we cannot<br />

actually make because we don’t have direct experience <strong>of</strong> it, namely that congestion<br />

in the whole area is increasing. We may wish to refer to this as inferential statistics,<br />

i.e. making estimates or predictions based on our observations.<br />

Descriptive Data<br />

Descriptive data can be complex when there is a large group <strong>of</strong> elements which we<br />

want to understand. We might therefore want to summarise the descriptive data into<br />

tables, graphs or simply numbers. As we have seen in Section 5, we may be interested<br />

in such a large group <strong>of</strong> elements (individuals, companies, voters, households,<br />

products, customers and so on) that time, cost and other considerations mean we<br />

only actually gather data about a small portion <strong>of</strong> the whole group. The whole group,<br />

as you will remember, is the population, and the smaller group, a subset <strong>of</strong> the<br />

population, is our sample.<br />

To provide an example, imagine that our earlier observations about congestion<br />

were viewed seriously enough by local government to require a broader study. The<br />

population might be defined as individuals travelling within the area during peak<br />

times. We would not have sufficient resources to study each <strong>of</strong> these individuals and<br />

so we would seek to produce a sample <strong>of</strong> the population. If this was representative,<br />

we would seek to infer the behaviour <strong>of</strong> the population as a whole from this sample.<br />

As we established in Section 5, researchers who work with quantitative data usually<br />

do want to establish representative, probability samples.<br />

Quantitative data is the term used to identify the facts and figures that are collected,<br />

analysed and summarised in any statistical investigation. The group <strong>of</strong> data collected<br />

to address a particular situation is <strong>of</strong>ten referred to as the data set for the study,<br />

although this term is used for qualitative data as well. Within a quantitative data<br />

set are a range <strong>of</strong> elements that comprise the subject <strong>of</strong> the study. For example, the<br />

data set may contain a list <strong>of</strong> the students registered on the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Diploma<br />

in Management programme. For each student the data set may contain important<br />

information such as age, gender, work experience and so on. These characteristics<br />

make up the different variables to be investigated. Data is obtained by collecting<br />

measurements for the specific variable in question. The measurement for the variable<br />

collected from a particular element (here each student) is known as the observation.<br />

In our example, the details <strong>of</strong> Paula Jones, an imaginary Diploma student who is 32,<br />

would be the observation <strong>of</strong> the variable <strong>of</strong> age.<br />

98 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Both qualitative and quantitative data can be classified as being either cross-sectional<br />

or time series 18 . Cross-sectional data is collected at, or pertains to, a particular point<br />

in time; for example, the pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> companies in the 2009–2010<br />

financial year, or the expenditure <strong>of</strong> a group <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essionals on personal computing<br />

equipment in a given month or year. In contrast, time series data refers to information<br />

collected over, or pertaining to, a period <strong>of</strong> time. If we stay with the examples just<br />

mentioned, we could examine the pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> companies every<br />

year during a five-year period, or we could examine the expenditure <strong>of</strong> a group <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionals on personal computing equipment each quarter over a period <strong>of</strong> two<br />

years.<br />

Scales <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />

The approach adopted in the statistical analysis <strong>of</strong> data on a particular variable will<br />

depend upon the scale <strong>of</strong> the measurement used for that variable. There are four<br />

possible scales <strong>of</strong> measurement; nominal, ordinal, interval and ratio. The type <strong>of</strong> scale<br />

used will determine how the data can be manipulated. A variable is being measured<br />

on a nominal scale when the observations for the variable represent labels used to<br />

identify an attribute <strong>of</strong> each element in the study. For example, variables where the<br />

data can only be measured on a nominal scale include name, marital status (single,<br />

married, co-habiting, separated, divorced, widowed etc.), gender (male or female),<br />

country <strong>of</strong> residence (Cyprus, Ghana, Brazil etc.) 19 . These labels allow us to categorise<br />

individual elements into particular groups. The labels can be numerical (e.g., a product<br />

code), but arithmetic operations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication and<br />

division do not make much sense on nominal data.<br />

A variable is being measured on an ordinal scale when the data collected for the<br />

variable allows for a ranking or ordering to be obtained. A good example <strong>of</strong> ordinal<br />

scale data can be found in customer satisfaction surveys where the respondent is<br />

asked to rate their experience <strong>of</strong> the organisation (e.g., excellent, good, average,<br />

poor, very poor) 20 . As with nominal data, ordinal data can be either non-numerical<br />

or numerical, but again note that arithmetic operations do not make sense. A fivepoint<br />

Likert rating scale <strong>of</strong> 1–5 may suggest to you that summing or averaging is<br />

appropriate but an ordinal scale could quite easily be 23–28.<br />

A variable is being measured on an interval scale if the differences between<br />

numerical values are meaningful. To put this another way, can the interval between<br />

observations be expressed in terms <strong>of</strong> a fixed unit <strong>of</strong> measurement? The difference<br />

between 80 centigrade and 87 centigrade can be expressed through the fixed unit<br />

18 You may also see time series data referred to as longitudinal or panel data in<br />

research publications or other methodology texts.<br />

19 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could be gathered via a category question, as discussed in<br />

Section 5.<br />

20 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could be gathered via a ranking or rating/scale question, as<br />

discussed in Section 5.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 99


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

<strong>of</strong> centigrade – in this case 7 centigrade 21 . Such data also possess the properties <strong>of</strong><br />

ordinal data because we can rank or order the observations into warmer (larger)<br />

and colder (smaller). For variables to be measured on an interval scale requires this<br />

measurement to be in fixed units, so the data collected will always be numerical.<br />

With interval data the arithmetic operations are therefore meaningful. As a result,<br />

data measured using this scale lends itself to more detailed statistical analysis than<br />

data measured on a nominal or ordinal scale.<br />

A variable is being measured on a ratio scale if the data has all the properties <strong>of</strong><br />

interval data and the ratio <strong>of</strong> two observations is also meaningful. Variables such as<br />

distance, weight and time can be measured using a ratio scale 22 . A requirement <strong>of</strong><br />

the ratio scale is that a zero value exists in the scale. Specifically, the zero value must<br />

indicate nothing exists for the variable at this point. For example, we would normally<br />

use a ratio scale to measure income. It is possible to say that employee A on a salary<br />

<strong>of</strong> £50 000 is twice as expensive to employ as employee B on a salary <strong>of</strong> £25 000. In<br />

addition, Bob, who is currently on work experience with the firm, is free because no<br />

salary cost is associated with him. The same applies for data measuring numbers <strong>of</strong><br />

children that each element/respondent in the data set has. Since ratio data has all <strong>of</strong><br />

the properties <strong>of</strong> interval data it is also always numerical and arithmetic operations<br />

are meaningful. As with interval data, ratio data lends itself to more sophisticated<br />

statistical analysis than does data measured using a nominal or ordinal scale.<br />

Thus the amount <strong>of</strong> information contained in the data varies with the scale <strong>of</strong><br />

measurement. Nominal data contain the least, followed by ordinal, interval and ratio<br />

data. Furthermore, nominal and ordinal scales can generate both non-numerical<br />

and numerical data, but interval and ratio scales generate only numerical data. In<br />

addition we have distinguished between descriptive data and inferential statistics.<br />

This distinction is important as we proceed.<br />

Representing Descriptive Statistics<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> descriptive statistics is to make data manageable, without distorting<br />

our picture <strong>of</strong> the subject matter, by summarising the findings. There are many<br />

ways in which data can be transformed into a more useful form, and there are few<br />

hard and fast rules about how this should be done. however, there are a number<br />

<strong>of</strong> techniques that are tried and tested and we shall focus on these here. There are<br />

essentially two methods <strong>of</strong> summarising raw data: graphical and numerical. The<br />

former provides a general overview <strong>of</strong> the data without being too precise. The latter<br />

tends to give a more precise view and can therefore be used as inputs into more<br />

advanced techniques <strong>of</strong> statistical analysis.<br />

21 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could be gathered via a quantity question, as discussed in<br />

Section 5.<br />

22 This sort <strong>of</strong> data could again be gathered via a quantity question.<br />

100 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Graphical Representation<br />

The first step in analysing a data set is usually to present it in a graphical form.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the most common methods used is the frequency distribution diagram or<br />

histogram. The data in figure 7.1 refers to (imaginary) marks awarded to a group <strong>of</strong><br />

Diploma students, expressed in percentages. We will use this data set to develop our<br />

histogram.<br />

25 31 30 41 43<br />

49 75 65 54 45<br />

40 50 58 58 79<br />

68 42 59 53 61<br />

50 55 55 34 40<br />

65 38 52 64 67<br />

Figure 7.1: Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management assignment marks for August 2009 intake Diploma students<br />

Figure 7.1 is rather difficult to interpret and appears meaningless. We can establish<br />

that the highest mark was 79 and the lowest 25, but the overall meaning <strong>of</strong> the data<br />

is difficult to see. It would be preferable to have the data in a more presentable form.<br />

This can be done by dividing the data into a number <strong>of</strong> classes and constructing a<br />

frequency table as seen in figure 7.2.<br />

Class Tally Frequency Relative<br />

frequency<br />

20–29 I 1 1/30<br />

30–39 IIII 4 4/30<br />

40–49 IIII II 7 7/30<br />

50–59 IIII IIII 10 10/30<br />

60–69 IIII I 6 6/30<br />

70–79 II 2 2/30<br />

Figure 7.2: Frequencies for the assignment marks data<br />

Total = 30<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 101


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

The first column indicates the classes chosen and the second presents a simple method<br />

<strong>of</strong> allocating marks to each class. The third then shows summations <strong>of</strong> these tallies;<br />

that is, the number <strong>of</strong> observations falling into each class interval. This is referred to<br />

as the frequency. The major decision to be made in drawing up a frequency table is<br />

the width <strong>of</strong> the class intervals. The narrower the class intervals (and thus the more<br />

classes) the more the summary table resembles the original data. Therefore, there is<br />

a trade-<strong>of</strong>f as to how many classes there should be. This is a matter <strong>of</strong> judgement,<br />

and depends upon the purpose to which the data is being put and the number <strong>of</strong><br />

observations available.<br />

The <strong>final</strong> column <strong>of</strong> figure 7.2 shows the relative frequency; that is, the proportion<br />

<strong>of</strong> the total number <strong>of</strong> recorded marks which falls into each class. This is calculated<br />

by taking the class frequency and dividing by the total number <strong>of</strong> observations.<br />

however, as you can see in figure 7.3, this information can be presented in the form<br />

<strong>of</strong> a histogram. It is much easier and quicker to draw inferences from histograms<br />

than it is from the raw data or even the frequency table. It is easy to see that the<br />

observations range from about 20 up to 79, and that most marks are clustered in the<br />

range 40–69, with few students below 40. We might also suggest that the average is<br />

in the 50–59 class interval. however, do note that by presenting the data graphically<br />

we have lost some <strong>of</strong> the detail, and so we need to return to the raw data to calculate<br />

the actual average. In other words, as we move from raw data to frequency table to<br />

histogram we trade completeness and precision for ability to interpret the data easily.<br />

Frequency<br />

Assignment Marks<br />

Figure 7.3: Frequency histogram for the assignment marks data<br />

It is sometimes useful to present data in a slightly different form to aid interpretation.<br />

Cumulative frequencies show the number <strong>of</strong> observations included up to some<br />

particular point or level. These are calculated by adding successive class frequencies<br />

together. The cumulative frequency distribution for the assignment results is shown<br />

in figure 7.4. The <strong>final</strong> figure <strong>of</strong> the cumulative frequency must be the same as the<br />

total number <strong>of</strong> observations. The cumulative frequency can be useful when we have<br />

questions such as ‘how many students in this intake failed to achieve a passing grade<br />

<strong>of</strong> 50% for Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management?’<br />

102 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Cumulative<br />

Frequency<br />

Assignment Marks<br />

Figure 7.4: Cumulative frequency histogram for the assignment marks data<br />

It is useful to point out that in histograms the size <strong>of</strong> the category is represented<br />

by the area <strong>of</strong> the bars and not their length. A common error when constructing<br />

histograms is to overlook this relationship which may produce a distorted view <strong>of</strong><br />

the data. This usually occurs if the data have been grouped into uneven categories.<br />

For example, if the assignment mark classes began with 0–30, 31–35, 36–41, each<br />

would represent a different range <strong>of</strong> marks (30, 5, 6). The corresponding bars in the<br />

histogram would have to have different widths to maintain the relationship between<br />

area and category size.<br />

The histogram is usually used with interval or ratio data. In this case it is possible<br />

to imagine more measurements between two existing values. For example, with<br />

the variable <strong>of</strong> height, a person measuring 170 cm and another person measuring<br />

171 cm share a continuous scale <strong>of</strong> measurement (centimetres), but are different by<br />

1 cm. A third person could measure 170.1 cm and split the difference between the<br />

two. A fourth person could measure 170.11 cm and split the difference again and<br />

so on. In contrast, where the values are discontinuous, ‘measurement’ becomes<br />

impossible and we have to count. In the case <strong>of</strong> family size for example, we can have<br />

two adults and two children but we cannot have two adults and 2.3 children. Where<br />

we are dealing with discrete categories like this we normally use bar charts. Bar charts<br />

are a type <strong>of</strong> graph that are used to display and compare the number, frequency or<br />

other measure (e.g., the mean or average) for different discrete categories <strong>of</strong> data.<br />

In figure 7.5 the types <strong>of</strong> cultural event are the discrete categories <strong>of</strong> data.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 103


Percentage <strong>of</strong> population<br />

Figure 7.5: Attendance at different types <strong>of</strong> cultural event in Britain, 1999–2000 23<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Bar charts are one <strong>of</strong> the most commonly used types <strong>of</strong> graph because they are<br />

simple to create and very easy to interpret. They are also a flexible type <strong>of</strong> chart<br />

and there are several variations <strong>of</strong> the standard bar chart, including horizontal bar<br />

charts 24 or grouped/component/stacked bar charts 25 . The chart is constructed such<br />

that the lengths <strong>of</strong> the different bars are proportional to the size <strong>of</strong> the category they<br />

represent. One axis represents the different categories and so has no scale. In order<br />

to emphasise the fact that the categories are discrete, a gap is left between the bars.<br />

The other axis does have a scale and this indicates the units <strong>of</strong> measurement.<br />

In addition to histograms and bar charts, there is a range <strong>of</strong> other approaches to<br />

presenting data graphically, including scatter plots, line graphs and pie charts. Advice<br />

and guidance on the use <strong>of</strong> these can be found on <strong>Blackboard</strong>.<br />

Numerical Representation<br />

There are several numerical measures that serve to summarise a distribution. The<br />

most common are measures <strong>of</strong> location and measures <strong>of</strong> dispersion. As in the<br />

graphical presentation <strong>of</strong> data, there is a choice <strong>of</strong> techniques available. however nonstandard<br />

methods are not as readily available in this regard, because the calculations<br />

performed are <strong>of</strong>ten used in further analyses <strong>of</strong> the data – and these rely upon earlier<br />

calculations having been performed correctly.<br />

23 Source: UK National Statistics – http://www.statistics.gov.uk<br />

24 A horizontal bar chart is one where the bars run from left to right across the<br />

page as opposed to vertically from base to top.<br />

25 On a grouped/component/stacked bar chart, a single bar will display different<br />

categories <strong>of</strong> data. For example, one bar might show sales <strong>of</strong> item X for 2007, for<br />

2008 and for 2009. Each category (sales <strong>of</strong> item X by year) is therefore displayed in<br />

relation to the whole (total sales for item X).<br />

104 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Let’s start with measures <strong>of</strong> location. These give an idea <strong>of</strong> where the data is ‘centred’.<br />

The best known <strong>of</strong> these is the arithmetic mean, sometimes loosely referred to as<br />

the average. The arithmetic mean <strong>of</strong> a data set is defined by taking the sum <strong>of</strong> the<br />

observations and then dividing this by the number <strong>of</strong> observations. Consider the data<br />

on Diploma assignment marks again, as presented in figures 7.1–7.4 above. The sum<br />

<strong>of</strong> the observations would require us to add all <strong>of</strong> the marks and divide this by the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> observations. We could express this as follows:<br />

25 + … + 79 = 1546 = 51.53 (mean)<br />

30 30<br />

But the arithmetic mean is not the only measure <strong>of</strong> location, and it is not always<br />

the best measure available. It aims to be representative <strong>of</strong> the data, yet there are<br />

circumstances in which it is not. The mean can be significantly affected by outliers<br />

(a few extreme observations) that pull it away from the more numerous, typical<br />

observations. In the case <strong>of</strong> the assignment marks, let’s imagine that four additional<br />

students failed to submit any work and were therefore recorded as 0 marks. In this<br />

case, the mean would drop to 45.47 (i.e., 1546 divided by 34). In this example we see<br />

that the majority <strong>of</strong> students passed the FoM <strong>module</strong>, but with the addition <strong>of</strong> the<br />

four zero marks the impression <strong>of</strong> the average mark changes considerably.<br />

The median is the value within a set <strong>of</strong> data that divides it into two equal parts. To<br />

obtain the median, first it is necessary to arrange the data in ascending order. The<br />

median is then the value that has half <strong>of</strong> the observations below it and half above<br />

it. When there is an even number <strong>of</strong> observations it is necessary to take the mean<br />

<strong>of</strong> the middle two observations. Consider the assignment data again. There are 30<br />

observations. When we put these values into ascending order, we find that the 15th<br />

value is equal to 52 and the 16th is equal to 53. The median is therefore given by<br />

(52+53)/2, which equals 52.5.<br />

The major advantage <strong>of</strong> the median is that it is hardly affected by outliers. For<br />

example, if we observed one extra assignment with a mark <strong>of</strong> only 5, this would have<br />

a significant effect upon the mean, bringing it down to 50.03. The median, however,<br />

would now be the 16th observation – that is 52 – hence very little has changed. But<br />

a problem with the median is that it is not possible to combine two medians to find<br />

an overall median. If, for example, we know that a factory employs 100 women at a<br />

median wage <strong>of</strong> £250 per week and 200 men at a median wage <strong>of</strong> £320 per week,<br />

it is possible to calculate the mean wage for all workers without consulting the raw<br />

data as follows. however, we would have to combine and order all the raw data to<br />

obtain the new median.<br />

The <strong>final</strong> measure <strong>of</strong> location that is commonly used is the mode. This is defined as<br />

the observation that occurs with the greatest frequency. Some care is needed when<br />

determining the mode since it is quite sensitive to how data are grouped. Our raw data<br />

on assignment marks indicate that the figures 40, 50, 55, 58 and 65 all occur twice, so<br />

this distribution has no unique mode. Once the data are grouped, however, a single<br />

class interval with the highest frequency can be found. here the modal group can<br />

be seen to be the interval 50–59 which has 10 observations. But a different grouping<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 105


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

<strong>of</strong> the data might give a different result. Care is therefore needed. We should look<br />

out for two intervals with similar frequencies, where a slight regrouping might shift<br />

the mode. We should also look out for unequal class widths, since combining classes<br />

is bound to increase the associated frequency. Indeed the mode could be shifted<br />

anywhere by combining sufficient class intervals! The best advice is to calculate the<br />

frequencies as if the class widths were equal and then choose the modal group.<br />

Moreover, individual data can be distributed randomly in the data set, appear<br />

predominantly towards the bottom <strong>of</strong> the value range, or predominantly towards the<br />

top. This influences the relationship between mean, median and mode. Consider the<br />

frequency distribution shown in figure 7.6, which is drawn as a smooth, continuous<br />

distribution curve for convenience.<br />

Figure 7.6: A positively -skewed distribution<br />

It is unimodal (has a single mode) and skewed to the right, i.e., the longer tail is to<br />

the right. In this case the mean (also referred to using the symbol μ) is always greater<br />

than the median (M e ), which is always greater than the mode (M o ). If the distribution<br />

were skewed to the left, then the order would be reversed. A symmetric distribution<br />

would have the mean, mode and median in the same place.<br />

Now let’s move to consider measures <strong>of</strong> dispersion. So far, we have distinguished<br />

data distributions on the basis <strong>of</strong> their ‘central values’; for example, their means. Two<br />

distributions with the same mean could still be very different, however, as shown in<br />

figure 7.7.<br />

106 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Figure 7.7: A comparison <strong>of</strong> two different distributions with identical means<br />

The distribution for data set X 2 is clearly more spread out (dispersed) than the<br />

distribution for X 1 . If these were two sets <strong>of</strong> assignment marks, assignment 2<br />

would have far more grades at the higher and lower ends <strong>of</strong> the grading scale than<br />

assignment 1, even though both data sets share the same mean.<br />

Clearly it would be useful to have a numerical measure that summarised the different<br />

degrees <strong>of</strong> dispersion <strong>of</strong> these distributions. At first sight it might seem as if such<br />

a measure <strong>of</strong> dispersion could be constructed by considering the mean deviation<br />

around the mean – the mean <strong>of</strong> the differences in value <strong>of</strong> all the data from the mean.<br />

Consider the following two sets <strong>of</strong> data:<br />

(i) 2 4 6 8 10<br />

(ii) 4 5 6 7 8<br />

In each set the mean and median are 6. however, the data for (i) differ from (ii) in that<br />

they are more dispersed. We can construct the mean deviation by subtracting the<br />

arithmetic mean from each individual value. For example, with data set (i), the mean<br />

= 6 and the first value is 2. Therefore 2 – 6 = –4, and so on. But does the sum <strong>of</strong> these<br />

differences give the total dispersion <strong>of</strong> the sample? This is the result <strong>of</strong> summing the<br />

differences between each value and the mean for data set (i). That is:<br />

(–4) + (–2) + (0) + (2) + (4) = 0<br />

The problem with this measure is that the positive and negative deviations around the<br />

mean will cancel each other out. To remedy this problem the deviations are squared<br />

(multiplied by themselves – e.g., 4 squared is 4 x 4 = 16) before being added together:<br />

(–4) 2 + (–2) 2 + (0) 2 + (2) 2 + (4) 2 =16 + 4 + 0 + 4 + 16 = 40<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 107


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

The sum then needs to be scaled in some way to take account <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong><br />

observations (5):<br />

40/5 = 8<br />

When this is done, the measure that results is called the variance. The question then<br />

arises as to what units the variance is measured in. Since the deviations were squared<br />

in the course <strong>of</strong> the calculations, the answer must be that these are now in squared<br />

units. This is a somewhat difficult concept to grapple with, so we return to ordinary<br />

units by taking the square root <strong>of</strong> the variance, to obtain the standard deviation.<br />

The square root is the value which, multiplied by itself, produces the value you began<br />

with, and can be arrived at using even the most basic calculator. Just enter the value<br />

then press the √ key. With a variance <strong>of</strong> 8, the square root would be 2.82.<br />

The standard deviation is explained succinctly by Rowntree (1981:53–54) as follows:<br />

“If there were no dispersion at all in a distribution, all the observed values<br />

would be the same. The mean would also be the same as this repeated<br />

value. No observed value would deviate or differ from the mean. But,<br />

with dispersion, the observed values do deviate from the mean, some<br />

by a lot, some by only a little. Quoting the standard deviation <strong>of</strong> a<br />

distribution is a way <strong>of</strong> indicating a kind <strong>of</strong> ‘average’ amount by which<br />

all <strong>of</strong> the values deviate from the mean. The greater the dispersion, the<br />

bigger the deviations and the bigger the standard (average) deviation.”<br />

Two measures have thus been presented that can be used to summarise a distribution<br />

or to compare different distributions; the mean and the standard deviation.<br />

The standard deviation can also be used to compare individual observations from two<br />

distributions. Suppose there are two groups <strong>of</strong> students studying the same <strong>module</strong>.<br />

The <strong>module</strong> assignment for each group is set and marked by different members <strong>of</strong><br />

academic staff, but there is only one prize to award to the best student overall. Should<br />

it be awarded to the best student in Group 1 or Group 2? It would be unfair simply to<br />

take the student with the highest mark, since one assignment could be more difficult<br />

than the other, the marking more severe in one case, or different marking scales may<br />

have been used.<br />

One solution would be to give the prize to the student who has done best relative to<br />

his or her own group. This could be measured by the number <strong>of</strong> standard deviations<br />

each student’s mark is above or below the mean <strong>of</strong> their group. Only the marks <strong>of</strong><br />

the best student in each group would have to be used, so the calculation is fairly<br />

straightforward:<br />

69 – 60 = 1.5 55 – 50 = 2.0<br />

6 2.5<br />

(Group 1) (Group 2)<br />

108 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Thus the prize should be awarded to the student from Group 2, since to obtain a score<br />

<strong>of</strong> 2.0 standard deviations above the mean is probably a greater achievement than<br />

the 1.5 achieved by the best student in Group 1. The assumption <strong>of</strong> this approach,<br />

however, is that the two groups are broadly similar to begin with. The variance is<br />

the most widely used measure <strong>of</strong> dispersion because, like the mean, its statistical<br />

properties can be established. But there are other measures, which also have their<br />

uses. The range is simply the difference between the largest and the smallest<br />

observations. It is easy to calculate once the data has been ranked, but it has little<br />

else in its favour. It makes use <strong>of</strong> only a small amount <strong>of</strong> information in the sample<br />

and is obviously very sensitive to outliers.<br />

having discussed ways <strong>of</strong> representing descriptive statistics, our last topic <strong>of</strong> discussion<br />

in this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> is statistical inference – i.e., using samples to<br />

make inferences about wider populations.<br />

Statistical Inference<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> a statistical investigation will usually be to find out the characteristics <strong>of</strong><br />

the relevant population, but on many occasions (as we saw in Section 5) it will be<br />

impractical or impossible to collect data on every element <strong>of</strong> this population. Thus,<br />

once a sample has been taken, the next step in a statistical investigation is to work out<br />

how accurate that sample is by evaluating its various characteristics. Characteristics<br />

<strong>of</strong> a population in this instance are referred to as parameters, while characteristics<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sample are called statistics.<br />

There are two ways in which sample data can be used to make inferences about the<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> a population. The first involves the construction <strong>of</strong> a confidence<br />

interval using the sample data. For example, if a sample <strong>of</strong> 1000 units from a<br />

production process is taken and 5% are found to be defective, what can be concluded<br />

about the range into which the population percentage falls? In this case, because<br />

sample data are being used, there is no guarantee that 5% <strong>of</strong> the items overall will<br />

be defective – but it would be very unlikely that 25% were defective.<br />

The second is hypothesis testing (as previously discussed in Section 4) – the<br />

specification <strong>of</strong> a hypothesis and its testing using the sample data. here, we might<br />

start with the hypothesis that only 4% <strong>of</strong> the aforementioned items are in fact<br />

defective. Then the sample information, which indicates that 50 out <strong>of</strong> 1000 were<br />

found to be defective, would be used to determine whether this sample could have<br />

come from a population in which only 4% are defective (the hypothesis). here the<br />

difference between the two would be due to chance factors, particularly in view <strong>of</strong><br />

the fact that only a sample is being used.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 109


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

In solving these sorts <strong>of</strong> problems it is assumed that the sample being used is taken<br />

randomly. A random (/probability) sample, as we saw in Section 5, is a sample selected<br />

so that every member <strong>of</strong> the population has an equal chance <strong>of</strong> being selected; and,<br />

as we have also seen, there are various ways <strong>of</strong> doing this. This assumption is crucial<br />

for appropriate statistical inference.<br />

Clearly, there is no guarantee that the statistic will be identical to the parameter, but<br />

one would expect there to be some relationship between the two. This notion can be<br />

expressed in a very general form:<br />

Sample statistic = Population parameter ± Sampling error<br />

If we rearrange this, we see that the population parameter will be related to the<br />

sample statistic as follows:<br />

Population parameter = Sample statistic ± Sampling error<br />

This formulation shows that, in order to establish the relationship between parameter<br />

and statistic, it is necessary to identify the sampling error, as also discussed in Section<br />

5. In other words, we need to work out the sampling distribution <strong>of</strong> the sample<br />

statistics. This can be done by addressing the situation where a number <strong>of</strong> samples<br />

are taken from a population and looking at the distribution <strong>of</strong> the sample statistics<br />

that result. Furthermore, as the sample size increases and begins to approach the<br />

total number <strong>of</strong> observations within the population, one would expect the statistic<br />

to tend towards the parameter; that is, the sampling error gets smaller.<br />

Remember that the calculation <strong>of</strong> a statistic is made on the basis <strong>of</strong> sample data.<br />

The value <strong>of</strong> the sample mean, for example, will vary from sample to sample and<br />

can be regarded as a random variable. The reason for this is that each set <strong>of</strong> sample<br />

data will (or at least should) consist <strong>of</strong> different members <strong>of</strong> the population, and<br />

therefore any calculations based upon it will also vary. If we generate samples from a<br />

known population we will generate a set <strong>of</strong> sample means, a set <strong>of</strong> sample standard<br />

deviations, and so on. These sets <strong>of</strong> data can be treated in the same way as any others,<br />

and we can obtain their means and variances as well as identifying the distribution<br />

involved. What we are interested in, then, is the relationship between the sampling<br />

distribution and the population distribution.<br />

Although sampling distributions can be generated empirically, as outlined above,<br />

it is <strong>of</strong>ten better to derive mathematical formulae for sampling distributions. This<br />

approach enables us to apply the results to many sampling problems. Thus every<br />

statistic can be treated as a random variable and it will have a particular distribution,<br />

which is called the sampling distribution <strong>of</strong> the statistic. Such distributions have<br />

long been recognised within the statistics literature with examples including the<br />

normal distribution, the student t distribution and the F distribution. These<br />

established distributions can be used to form the link between population parameter<br />

and sample statistic since they accurately depict the nature <strong>of</strong> the sampling error.<br />

110 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> the construction <strong>of</strong> a confidence interval, values taken from the<br />

appropriate distribution would be used to formulate a range into which the<br />

population parameter is likely to fall. Note the word ‘likely’ since this indicates that<br />

there is always a chance <strong>of</strong> being wrong. This chance or probability is sometimes<br />

referred to as a p value or significance level. Values taken from the appropriate<br />

distribution allow us to control for this chance <strong>of</strong> error, but it can never be completely<br />

eliminated. In the area <strong>of</strong> statistical analysis researchers typically specify either a 5%<br />

or 1% chance, hence a 5% or 1% significance level. Again we saw this in Section 5.<br />

To illustrate this, consider the example from earlier. A sample <strong>of</strong> 1000 units from a<br />

production process is taken and 5% are found to be defective. In this situation values<br />

would be taken from the normal distribution according to its standard table <strong>of</strong><br />

probabilities. These values, together with other information on variability and sample<br />

size, enable the identification <strong>of</strong> the sampling error and hence the construction <strong>of</strong><br />

a confidence interval. In the case <strong>of</strong> a 5% chance <strong>of</strong> error (i.e., the construction <strong>of</strong> a<br />

95% confidence interval), the range would be 3.65% through to 6.35%, indicating<br />

that we can be ‘95% confident’ that the overall percentage <strong>of</strong> defective units coming<br />

<strong>of</strong>f the production line lies between 3.65% and 6.35%. If instead the researcher chose<br />

a 1% chance <strong>of</strong> error (i.e., the construction <strong>of</strong> a 99% confidence interval), the range<br />

would be 3.22% through to 6.77%, indicating that we can be ‘99% confident’ that<br />

the overall percentage <strong>of</strong> defective units coming <strong>of</strong>f the production line lies between<br />

3.22% and 6.77%. Note that in this situation the interval has widened, showing that<br />

there is a trade-<strong>of</strong>f between confidence and precision.<br />

With hypothesis or significance testing the 5% and 1% figures indicate the<br />

chance or probability <strong>of</strong> drawing the wrong conclusion from the test, hence a 5%<br />

or 1% significance test. Values would again be taken from the standard table <strong>of</strong><br />

probabilities. These values and information on variability and sample size would be<br />

used to calculate a test statistic, and the result <strong>of</strong> this calculation would lead us to<br />

accept or reject the hypothesis that only 4% <strong>of</strong> the items are defective. Given the<br />

information above (5% defect rate in the sample <strong>of</strong> 1000), the hypothesis <strong>of</strong> an<br />

overall defect rate would be accepted. Note that this is consistent with the confidence<br />

interval calculation as 4% falls within both confidence intervals.<br />

In this section we have looked at some <strong>of</strong> the basic principles that ground some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

assumptions surrounding quantitative data analysis. We have tried to avoid going into<br />

detail with complex mathematical equations. Rather our aim was to encourage you<br />

to see the underlying rationale behind the principles. We identified the relationship<br />

between the type <strong>of</strong> data you might be looking at and the possible techniques that<br />

can be employed to analyse that data. We have also discussed the ways in which<br />

we can represent data, both graphically and numerically. Lastly, we explored the<br />

relationship between samples and populations. Using these relationships between<br />

different types <strong>of</strong> data, you can begin to convert these practices into quantitative<br />

analysis in your own work.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 111


Summary<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

1. Descriptive statistics involve numerical descriptions <strong>of</strong> observations; inferential<br />

statistics involve making estimates or predictions based on these observations.<br />

2. Data, whether quantitative or qualitative, can be classified as cross-sectional<br />

or time series.<br />

3. Quantitative data can be measured on a nominal, ordinal, interval or ratio<br />

scale.<br />

4. Descriptive statistics can be represented using graphs or numbers.<br />

5. Inferential statistics involves either the construction <strong>of</strong> confidence intervals or<br />

hypothesis testing.<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press chapter 14<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapter 13<br />

Rowntree, D. (1981) Statistics Without Tears: A Primer for Non-Mathematicians<br />

London: Penguin<br />

112 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />

5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 13<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 113


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

114 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 8<br />

Analysing Qualitative Data


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 8<br />

Analysing Qualitative Data<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />

• identify the possible errors in analysing data <strong>of</strong> any kind<br />

• discuss the merits and limitations <strong>of</strong> different strategies for<br />

analysing qualitative data<br />

• identify the pros and cons <strong>of</strong> qualitative data analysis s<strong>of</strong>tware<br />

• consider the different ways to present analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data,<br />

and whether or not you need to produce a full transcript.<br />

Introduction<br />

This section deals with some <strong>of</strong> the key issues around the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data.<br />

Qualitative data, as we know, are collected as words, through more flexible research<br />

methods such as semi-/unstructured interviews or non-structured observation.<br />

Analysis is then typically conducted by classification <strong>of</strong> these data into categories<br />

or themes. Qualitative data analysis is usually written up in the form <strong>of</strong> a textual<br />

narrative interspersed with direct quotations from the respondents/participants.<br />

As we have also established elsewhere, qualitative data are <strong>of</strong>ten understood as<br />

providing a richer and more complex or in-depth account <strong>of</strong> an empirical site. As<br />

Robson (2002:454) suggests, “Narratives, accounts and other collections <strong>of</strong> words are<br />

variously described as ‘rich’, ‘full’ and ‘real’, and contrasted with the thin abstractions<br />

<strong>of</strong> number.” however, this is not always the case, especially if content analysis is used<br />

to analyse the resulting data or the data collected are not fit for purpose.<br />

Data Analysis in General: A Brief Overview<br />

To ensure that you collect the right type <strong>of</strong> data for your project, as well as ensuring it<br />

will actually enable you to explore the areas you are interested in, you should consider<br />

how you will analyse your data very early on. Indeed data analysis should be a factor in<br />

several other methodological decisions. In other words, when selecting your method,<br />

choosing your sample, designing your schedule (as suggested in Section 5), choosing<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 115


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

your channel, piloting your schedule and doing the data collection itself, you should<br />

think about the data you need to answer your research questions, and how you will<br />

do the analysis. If you haven’t given these issues some serious thought beforehand,<br />

you may find that it is very difficult to interpret the data you actually end up with.<br />

Analysing any kind <strong>of</strong> data, furthermore, is about data reduction – i.e., making sense<br />

<strong>of</strong> a data set, reducing it to manageable and meaningful proportions. But there are<br />

fewer conventions or established practice when it comes to analysing qualitative<br />

data as compared to its quantitative counterpart, where you apply specific statistical<br />

techniques depending on what you want to achieve (as we have seen in Section<br />

7). So to some degree rather more consideration and judgement is required in the<br />

selection <strong>of</strong> an analytical strategy for qualitative data. Furthermore, with qualitative<br />

data in particular, try to analyse them as soon as you can after collection. This way the<br />

research encounters are fresh in your memory and you remember them more clearly,<br />

especially as regards any problems ‘in the field’ which may have affected the data in<br />

particular ways.<br />

Data Analysis and Perceptual Errors<br />

Before we move on to examine particular approaches to the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative<br />

data, it is also worth pointing out that, when analysing data <strong>of</strong> whatever kind –<br />

including data from research projects – human beings have certain limitations due<br />

to the way our cognitive processes work. As a result we may make certain common<br />

errors in such analysis. These are effectively perceptual errors. These errors are worth<br />

bearing in mind when analysing your data, because you should try to avoid them.<br />

• Data overload: our brains can only cope with a certain amount <strong>of</strong> information<br />

at once in terms <strong>of</strong> taking it in and trying to understand it. You may therefore<br />

have to do your data analysis in stages to accommodate this. It also means<br />

that the more data you have the more time you will need to analyse them –<br />

and there are feasibility issues here, as noted in earlier discussion in this <strong>book</strong>.<br />

• First impressions/last impressions: because <strong>of</strong> how our perceptual processes<br />

operate, we may form a judgement very early on – i.e., a first impression – <strong>of</strong><br />

what is going on in a particular data set. This is problematic because it means<br />

we may be tempted to ignore contradictory data or make too much <strong>of</strong> data<br />

that support these first impressions as we continue our analysis. Try to keep<br />

an open mind throughout and not to allow early judgements to sway your<br />

conclusions. You should in any case, especially when working with qualitative<br />

data, revisit the data set several times to ensure that what you thought you<br />

had identified at first is actually there. Equally though, we might be swayed<br />

by information which presents itself towards the end <strong>of</strong> the data set (last<br />

impressions), and so the above also applies in reverse.<br />

• Assuming internal consistency: relatedly, we may assume (usually wrongly,<br />

especially with qualitative data) that data are consistent throughout. So when<br />

we come across information which conflicts with what we have seen earlier in<br />

the data set, we might ignore it. But human beings are unique and complex<br />

116 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

creatures and we are also not necessarily consistent as individuals. Indeed we<br />

may say one thing at one point (and mean it) and then say the reverse later<br />

in an interview (and also mean it). Don’t therefore ignore any complexities<br />

and contradictions. Instead, try and understand why they might be present in<br />

your data.<br />

• Being persuaded by information availability: we can <strong>of</strong>ten be persuaded<br />

by information which has been easy to get hold <strong>of</strong>, and neglect to access<br />

other data which might require more effort but tell a different and equally<br />

important story. For example, it may be relatively straightforward to talk to<br />

managers, who are likely to <strong>of</strong>fer one story about the success <strong>of</strong> a particular<br />

organisational change initiative, but more difficult to access rank-and-file<br />

employees, whose perceptions might be rather different.<br />

• Uneven validity: some sources <strong>of</strong> data can be regarded as more valid or<br />

truthful/accurate than others, and you should pay attention to this in your<br />

data analysis. An example is that secondary data from media reports is <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

highly coloured by the political bias <strong>of</strong> the source. Another example is that<br />

particular respondents may have their own agendas which are reflected in<br />

the data you gather. We could, as implied above, assume that managers will<br />

generally want to paint their organisations in a positive light. Another case is<br />

a paper that a member <strong>of</strong> ULSM faculty reviewed recently. The author <strong>of</strong> the<br />

paper had interviewed several people in an organisation to assess whether<br />

the manager in charge <strong>of</strong> the group (a homosexual man) tended to favour<br />

other homosexual men in his decision making. The heterosexual respondents<br />

all said that he did. The single homosexual respondent suggested this was<br />

not the case. The researcher assumed that the heterosexual respondents were<br />

more trustworthy than the homosexual respondent in this instance, because<br />

the latter had probably benefited from the manager’s favouritism and not<br />

necessarily recognised it as favouritism. But this isn’t necessarily true. Perhaps<br />

the man in question had in fact done well on his own merits and was resented<br />

by his heterosexual colleagues, who then developed a rather different version<br />

<strong>of</strong> events to protect their self-esteem. You need to think carefully about issues<br />

like this – i.e., what might be affecting the quality or veracity <strong>of</strong> the data.<br />

• Conflating co-occurrence/correlation with causation: a common error<br />

made when analysing quantitative data in particular, but also qualitative<br />

data, is to confuse co-occurrence or correlation with causation. If one variable<br />

changes in the same way and at the same time as another, this does not<br />

automatically mean that one causes the other. Two examples should illustrate<br />

this point. The first is the data which suggest that, as the use <strong>of</strong> flushing<br />

toilets increases, so do levels <strong>of</strong> coronary heart disease. So does this mean<br />

that flushing toilets cause heart disease? In fact what these data tell us<br />

is that, as standards <strong>of</strong> living rise and so more people can afford flushing<br />

toilets, coronary heart disease (ChD) also rises because more <strong>of</strong> us are doing<br />

better paid, but also less active, more desk-bound, occupations, as well as<br />

eating richer diets (which are more expensive but <strong>of</strong>ten also less healthy).<br />

Less activity and less healthy diets lead to higher rates <strong>of</strong> ChD. So there is a<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 117


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

co-occurrence/correlation here, in the sense that a rise in flushing toilets and<br />

a rise in ChD occur together; but the relationship is not causal. The second<br />

is the connection which was found between guardsmen fainting whilst on<br />

parade and the s<strong>of</strong>tness <strong>of</strong> the tar on the parade ground. One explanation<br />

<strong>of</strong> this is that the unpleasant fumes from the melting tar caused the men to<br />

faint – but a more likely scenario is that hot weather causes both fainting<br />

and melting tar (cited in Robson 2002:484–485). Again here we have a cooccurrence<br />

or a correlation – not a causal relationship.<br />

• Researcher inconsistency: although as we have said above we would<br />

recommend that you revisit your qualitative data several times to check your<br />

interpretations, it is also true that we as researchers are inconsistent and so<br />

we may well change our minds when we see a data set again. This however<br />

may simply indicate that the data set is in fact quite complex and rich. Also, as<br />

long as you can justify the interpretation that you include in the <strong>final</strong> project,<br />

even if there are others, this is not a problem.<br />

What we will now outline are a number <strong>of</strong> strategies which you may wish to consider<br />

if you think you will need to analyse qualitative data <strong>of</strong> some kind. One <strong>of</strong> the first<br />

issues you need to consider in this regard is your research purpose. We have already<br />

argued in Sections 1 and 5 that research is usually more than just a description <strong>of</strong><br />

what is going on in a particular area. however, you may need to do some descriptive<br />

analysis to provide background or context – e.g., to paint a picture in your assessors’<br />

minds <strong>of</strong> the organisation/s where you did your data gathering. Explanatory/ deductive<br />

research as we also know wouldn’t be typical <strong>of</strong> a qualitative project, but this does<br />

not rule it out entirely as a possibility. We will therefore say something briefly about<br />

this sort <strong>of</strong> approach, outlining two basic strategies for such analysis, <strong>of</strong>fering an<br />

example <strong>of</strong> deductive qualitative work and outlining its pros and cons. Nonetheless<br />

we will spend more time on exploratory/inductive research as this is more ‘classically’<br />

qualitative.<br />

Deductive Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />

Pattern Matching<br />

Our first strategy here is pattern matching, a verificationist strategy where you literally<br />

search the data to see how far their patterns verify or match themes suggested by the<br />

hypothesis you are testing. Then you would accept, modify or reject the hypothesis<br />

on this basis. This would usually imply looking either for changes in dependent<br />

variables (specific outcomes – for example, the results <strong>of</strong> a change management<br />

process) or independent variables – for example, trying to identify the causes <strong>of</strong><br />

known outcomes like a decline in productivity or an increasing number <strong>of</strong> workplace<br />

accidents.<br />

118 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Negative Case Analysis<br />

Negative case analysis involves searching through the data for negative cases which<br />

disprove the starting hypothesis and mean it has to be modified to better fit the<br />

data in this circumstance. The example that is usually given is the hypothesis that ‘All<br />

swans are white’. here the researcher would deliberately look for non-white swans<br />

in the data. Negative case analysis is based on Karl Popper’s falsificationism. Simply<br />

put, Popper argued that we can only ever accept a hypothesis on a provisional basis,<br />

because we never have all the data available to be absolutely sure that it is true<br />

in every single pertinent case. however, Popper argues that we can be sure about<br />

rejecting a hypothesis where we find contradictory data; so he argues that we should<br />

always look for such data. In this example we would probably seek to modify the<br />

hypothesis after finding some non-white swans (e.g., ‘Some swans are white and<br />

some are black’) and test it again.<br />

Popper argues that, if we don’t follow a falsificationist strategy when seeking to<br />

evaluate hypotheses, then we tend to attend only to data which support our existing<br />

beliefs and so confirm the starting hypothesis. This, he suggests, means that we<br />

find it difficult to develop new and perhaps improved ideas about human behaviour.<br />

Any hypothesis which survives a negative case analysis <strong>of</strong> this kind would therefore<br />

be corroborated (because the data gathered in this research project support it)<br />

but not confirmed (because the likelihood, according to Popper, is that there are<br />

data elsewhere in the world which would lead to its modification or even outright<br />

rejection).<br />

An Example <strong>of</strong> Deductivism in Qualitative Management Research<br />

One example <strong>of</strong> an explanatory purpose or deductivism/theory testing in qualitative<br />

research is Scott’s ethnographic study <strong>of</strong> hRM in British organisations. he wanted to<br />

test the hypothesis that “British management was operating according to a ‘new’<br />

model <strong>of</strong> industrial relations, based on a unitaristic view <strong>of</strong> organizational life, where<br />

workers and managers are seen to have a similar interest in the success <strong>of</strong> the firm”<br />

(Bryman and Bell 2007:628). In other words, Scott wished to discover whether, given<br />

the widespread introduction <strong>of</strong> hRM as an alternative approach to managing staff 26 ,<br />

British employees and managers did in fact have similar interests (the unitarist<br />

philosophy which hRM is based on), or whether differences persisted in the form<br />

<strong>of</strong> ‘them and us’ type cultures. Scott’s findings indicated that any movement away<br />

from ‘them and us’ pluralism to hRM unitarism was incomplete and only found in<br />

organisational ‘pockets’ here and there. So his starting hypothesis was not confirmed.<br />

Pros and Cons <strong>of</strong> Deductivism in the Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />

The strength <strong>of</strong> doing deductive analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data (which <strong>of</strong> course would<br />

have been gathered to test a specific hypothesis) is that it gives you a clear path<br />

through the data. In other words, the hypothesis tells you what to look for in the<br />

data. But, as Bryman points out,<br />

26 Refer back to Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management for discussion <strong>of</strong> hRM.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 119


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

“The prior specification <strong>of</strong> a theory tends to be disfavoured [by qualitative<br />

researchers] because <strong>of</strong> the possibility <strong>of</strong> introducing a premature<br />

closure on the issues to be investigated, as well as the possibility <strong>of</strong><br />

the theoretical constructs departing excessively from the views <strong>of</strong><br />

participants in a social setting.” (cited in Saunders et al. 2009:489)<br />

In other words, it has been argued that deductive work in this type <strong>of</strong> research may<br />

well lead to ‘premature closure’ <strong>of</strong> emergent issues and a neglect <strong>of</strong> complexities<br />

and nuances in the data because the hypothesis limits what the researcher looks at.<br />

This can mean that some parts <strong>of</strong> the data are ignored altogether – whether they<br />

support the hypothesis or not – since they appear not to have anything to do with<br />

the variables which the hypothesis identifies as significant. Testing a hypothesis may<br />

therefore make it difficult to see qualitative data holistically or ‘in the round’ – to<br />

excavate all its richness, which is arguably its real strength when collected properly,<br />

as compared to quantitative data.<br />

And so we move to inductive analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data, which is a more common<br />

approach.<br />

Inductive Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />

Grounded Theory, and a More Realistic Alternative<br />

Grounded theory is perhaps the most extreme form <strong>of</strong> inductivism when analysing<br />

qualitative data. It was originally developed by Glaser and Strauss (1969) in the<br />

late 1960s but they subsequently had an intellectual disagreement and have since<br />

published rather different accounts <strong>of</strong> what it means to conduct grounded theory<br />

research (Glaser 1978, 1992; Strauss and Corbin 1998). In many ways grounded<br />

theory can be understood as a methodology in itself – it is arguably more than just<br />

an approach to data analysis. What follows is an attempt to summarise some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

key aspects <strong>of</strong> this complex and controversial approach to qualitative research and<br />

analysis.<br />

First, and because <strong>of</strong> the emphasis on inductivism here, the idea is that the eventual<br />

theory (the way in which the researcher <strong>final</strong>ly understands what is going on in the<br />

data) emerges from/is grounded in the data alone. It has not been informed in any<br />

way by pre-existing hypotheses. This means, grounded theory proponents argue,<br />

that the researcher doesn’t force the data to fit the theory (a potential problem<br />

<strong>of</strong> deductivism according to Popper, as we have already seen) but instead develops<br />

a theory which fits the data. Therefore strictly speaking grounded theory requires<br />

that the first step <strong>of</strong> the process is to design your schedule and collect and analyse<br />

your data. This happens before any consultation <strong>of</strong> the relevant subject-specific<br />

literature on organisational structure, organisational culture, relationship marketing,<br />

charismatic leadership, stress, productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain,<br />

auditing, whatever. An MBA student we once taught also described the need to ‘have<br />

a good wash’ before data collection using grounded theory begins, to get rid <strong>of</strong> as<br />

120 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

much pre-judgement or bias as possible, and to go in with an open mind. Grounded<br />

theory methods typically involve unstructured interviewing 27 or some form <strong>of</strong> nonstructured<br />

observation. They usually also gather qualitative data.<br />

however, although you may wish to read more about grounded theory for your<br />

own interest or even for your <strong>PMP</strong>, it has a number <strong>of</strong> drawbacks. For instance, it<br />

takes a very long time to do properly. In fact as already established it is more <strong>of</strong> a<br />

methodology in and <strong>of</strong> itself than purely an approach to analysing qualitative data.<br />

Second, it is crucial to be precise in terms <strong>of</strong> following all the recommended steps<br />

to the letter. So, rather than describing grounded theory in detail, we are going to<br />

discuss what we feel is a more realistic alternative. We would suggest that this is a<br />

more common way to analyse qualitative data.<br />

This approach is a variation on grounded theory. So it takes its inspiration from<br />

grounded theory but does not follow this methodology in its entirety because <strong>of</strong> the<br />

above deficiencies. Overall it is partly inductive but more structured/guided from the<br />

outset by the subject-specific literature and less reliant on repetition <strong>of</strong> steps than<br />

grounded theory.<br />

It proceeds as follows:<br />

• Consult subject-specific literature and inform yourself about the organisation/s<br />

or context/s where you are gathering your data. As discussed in Section 5, use<br />

these sources <strong>of</strong> information to develop your research schedule.<br />

• Pilot if possible, then amend your schedule accordingly and gather your data.<br />

• Familiarise yourself with the data, which involves you immersing yourself in<br />

the data; reading through them carefully and beginning to note emergent<br />

themes.<br />

• Coding: “A code is a symbol applied to a section <strong>of</strong> text to classify or categorize<br />

it” (Robson 2002:477). A different code should be applied every time the<br />

emphasis or focus <strong>of</strong> the data seems to change – which could even be several<br />

times in one sentence. Examples <strong>of</strong> codes might be “‘requesting information’<br />

27 The MBA student referred to above actually had only one question in her<br />

unstructured interview schedule. her research set out to assess whether a particular<br />

change programme involving the devolution <strong>of</strong> the human Resource function from<br />

a centralised department down to separate directorates and a general shift towards<br />

an hRM approach away from a personnel management approach in a UK NhS Trust<br />

had been successful. her sole question, to those who were affected by the change,<br />

was ‘how was it for you?’ her findings suggested that the change had been very<br />

‘top down’ – i.e., imposed by senior management – so individuals had no choice but<br />

to re-educate themselves about the benefits <strong>of</strong> devolution and <strong>of</strong> the shift towards<br />

hRM. Overall then the change had been received as positive, despite the fact that<br />

the way it was managed contradicts most if not all the available literature on change<br />

management (Smart 1994)!<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 121


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

or ‘expressing doubt’” (Robson 2002:461). The basic question here is ‘What<br />

is this piece <strong>of</strong> data an example <strong>of</strong>?’ You should <strong>of</strong> course bear your literature<br />

review and your overall research questions in mind when identifying codes –<br />

what do these suggest you might expect to find in your data?<br />

• Also be open to any emergent codes and contradictions. Pay careful<br />

attention to anything new which you weren’t expecting as well as being alert<br />

to contradictions and complexities in the data. For example, a co-author <strong>of</strong><br />

this <strong>book</strong>, when conducting her PhD research on sexual relationships at work,<br />

kept noticing ‘space’ as a theme in the data she had collected – i.e., the<br />

idea that the physical design <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice space affects relationships between<br />

colleagues. This was not something she had expected to find, but it was too<br />

strong a theme to ignore.<br />

• Reread your data, reread your analysis – do the two still seem to fit together?<br />

• Integrate literature and data: refer back to the subject-specific literature to<br />

see the extent to which the analysis seems to conform to, alter or entirely<br />

depart from the conclusions drawn by other authors on the same subject.<br />

• Return to respondents to check validity if you can: respondent validation <strong>of</strong><br />

the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data is always a good idea if possible – you can, for<br />

example, send a draft by e-mail for comments.<br />

• Produce the <strong>final</strong> version <strong>of</strong> the analysis.<br />

But qualitative researchers may also employ a technique called content analysis which<br />

as we have suggested already literally counts or quantifies qualitative data and thus<br />

turns it into quantitative data. Content analysis can be used in either deductive or<br />

inductive research. We <strong>of</strong>fer a brief overview <strong>of</strong> what it is and how it works next.<br />

Content Analysis<br />

As an example, hodson (cited in Bryman and Bell 2007:319, 636) undertook content<br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> 86 workplace ethnographies 28 . here he counted how many organisations<br />

fell into the various categories described (‘craft’, ‘direct supervision’, ‘assembly line’,<br />

‘bureaucratic’ and ‘worker participation’) and treated ‘organisational category’ as the<br />

independent variable. hodson then sought to see how this variable affected various<br />

dependent variables, whilst also attending to potentially mediating variables –<br />

which intervene between independent and dependent variables to produce different<br />

effects. Two examples here are job satisfaction and level <strong>of</strong> worker autonomy.<br />

28 In other words, published accounts <strong>of</strong> research in workplaces that had been<br />

carried out using participant observation (refer back to Section 5).<br />

122 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

hodson concludes from his study that academic pessimism about whether employee<br />

participation schemes actually benefit the employee or are genuine in their intentions<br />

might be misplaced. he also argues that his approach has potential to become the<br />

basis for future research projects as ethnographic accounts <strong>of</strong> organisations increase<br />

in number. hodson acknowledges that content analysis ignores contextual factors<br />

because it singles variables out from the data to explore relationships between<br />

them. however he suggests that, unusually for qualitative research, it allows<br />

coverage <strong>of</strong> a range <strong>of</strong> different types <strong>of</strong> organisations as well as hypothesis testing/<br />

deductivism. Furthermore, the data he analysed are more detailed and rich than<br />

standard quantitative data.<br />

To undertake content analysis, consider the following steps:<br />

• Recording unit: What level <strong>of</strong> analysis will you apply to the data? Are you<br />

going to attend to each word, each phrase, each sentence or each paragraph?<br />

• Categories: These are the themes or variables you are looking for. Some will<br />

come from the subject-specific literature, especially if you are seeking to test<br />

a specific hypothesis. Some will be themes suggested by the data themselves.<br />

The list <strong>of</strong> categories needs to be relevant to the research questions you want<br />

to answer. It should also be as exhaustive or comprehensive as possible in this<br />

regard, contain mutually exclusive categories and be clear and easy to use.<br />

Indeed this stage <strong>of</strong> content analysis is similar to the design <strong>of</strong> structured<br />

observation schedules, as discussed in Section 5.<br />

• Test and revise: Pilot the list <strong>of</strong> categories you have chosen against the data<br />

to check that it will fulfil the criteria outlined above, and revise if necessary.<br />

• Analyse the data themselves.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 123


Example 8.1: An example <strong>of</strong> a content analysis schedule<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

This schedule could be used to quantify reasons given by eight<br />

respondents for the introduction <strong>of</strong> an incentive scheme in a given<br />

organisation. It has been adapted from the first edition <strong>of</strong> Easterby-<br />

Smith et al. (1991:107).The content analysis coding sheet might look<br />

something like this:<br />

To increase pr<strong>of</strong>its<br />

To increase<br />

productivity<br />

To increase<br />

efficiency<br />

To increase labour<br />

flexibility<br />

To increase earnings<br />

To reduce<br />

production costs<br />

To reduce<br />

absenteeism<br />

To reduce wastage/<br />

rejects<br />

etc …<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total<br />

You would then count the number <strong>of</strong> times each respondent mentioned<br />

each reason and total them up to arrive at a set <strong>of</strong> figures for further<br />

analysis.<br />

Content analysis can be seen as beneficial because it effectively ‘cuts the data up’ into<br />

themes/categories/variables and allows you to count the frequency <strong>of</strong> occurrence<br />

<strong>of</strong> each. It can be therefore seen as <strong>of</strong>fering more objectivity compared to other<br />

methods <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data. It is also easier to use than the inductive<br />

method we described above. But its drawbacks include the following:<br />

124 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

1. Saunders et al. (2009:497) note that “there is clearly only limited purpose<br />

in collecting qualitative data if you intend to ignore the nature and value<br />

<strong>of</strong> these data by reducing most <strong>of</strong> them to a simplified form”. So content<br />

analysis could be a good strategy to use in initially getting to grips with a<br />

qualitative data set. But it does tend to downplay the complexity and nuances<br />

<strong>of</strong> qualitative data, as well as ignoring its context, as already established<br />

above.<br />

2. You should also try not to be seduced by the fact that content analysis<br />

generates numbers, and so may feel rather more ‘scientific’. As we have tried<br />

to establish throughout this <strong>book</strong>, there is no one best way to do research.<br />

Instead your choices should be guided in the main by what works best for<br />

your project in your circumstances. In any case, content analysis still involves<br />

researcher interpretations about what respondents mean and how they use<br />

language, and thus how to categorise the relevant data – so there is still a fair<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> subjectivity involved.<br />

3. Content analysis can be argued to neglect respondent interpretations in the<br />

sense that it may tell you what they feel, say or do but not why they feel,<br />

say or do these things. For example, Barley et al. (cited in Bryman and Bell<br />

2007:304, 321) wanted to research the ways in which management academics<br />

and managers influenced each other. They chose to do content analysis on<br />

192 articles on organisational culture 29 , some written by academics, some<br />

by managers, and published between 1975 and 1984. Their findings tell us<br />

that the academic papers gradually took on board managers’ interpretations<br />

<strong>of</strong> culture over time, but that the reverse was not true. however, what this<br />

analysis fails to tell us is why this might have been the case.<br />

Moving on, we now consider the extent to which s<strong>of</strong>tware packages might assist in<br />

the analysis <strong>of</strong> qualitative data, given their popularity in the analysis <strong>of</strong> its quantitative<br />

counterpart.<br />

S<strong>of</strong>tware Packages and Analysing Qualitative Data<br />

WARNING! Any s<strong>of</strong>tware package is only as good as the data (whether quantitative<br />

or qualitative) you have collected. Qualitative packages also don’t do the job for<br />

you to the extent that SPSS or spreadsheets 30 might with quantitative data – they<br />

certainly cannot substitute for your interpretive skills.<br />

29 Refer back to Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management for discussion <strong>of</strong> organisational<br />

culture.<br />

30 SPSS stands for Statistical Package for the Social Sciences and is a<br />

sophisticated s<strong>of</strong>tware package for quantitative data analysis. however, most <strong>of</strong> the<br />

analysis you will probably need to do for any <strong>PMP</strong> involving quantitative data can be<br />

accomplished using an Micros<strong>of</strong>t Excel spreadsheet, or a decent calculator<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 125


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Some types or functions <strong>of</strong> qualitative data analysis s<strong>of</strong>tware packages (Weitzman<br />

and Miles, cited in Robson 2002:462–463) include:<br />

• text retrievers<br />

These can find certain words or strings <strong>of</strong> words or characters (i.e., letters<br />

and numbers). Some text retrievers count and display words in their context<br />

as well, so you can see in general where these tend to appear in the data, as<br />

well as how frequently they appear. however, the search function in a wordprocessing<br />

package like Micros<strong>of</strong>t Word will also find words/strings <strong>of</strong> words<br />

or characters for you.<br />

• code and retrieve programs (e.g., Ethnograph)<br />

These help the researcher to divide the text into segments/recording units and<br />

to attach specific codes to these segments. They will then find and display all<br />

the text which is coded in a particular way. Again though there are ways to<br />

do this using Word – e.g., by highlighting some text in italics as belonging to<br />

a specific code and then instructing the package only to find italicised text<br />

using the search function.<br />

• code-based theory programs (e.g., NVivo)<br />

These have the same functions as code and retrieve programs but also help<br />

to support theory building because they can allow a researcher to connect<br />

codes together as well as developing and testing emerging propositions<br />

against the data. These programs would be particularly useful for grounded<br />

theory.<br />

Things to bear in mind if you want to use such a package are, first, that your judgement<br />

and interpretation still matter, as suggested above. Further, choose carefully according<br />

to criteria like its cost, whether any preparation <strong>of</strong> the data is required before the<br />

package will accept them, your own style <strong>of</strong> analysis and what the package actually<br />

does. You should also remember that you will need to be pr<strong>of</strong>icient in operating the<br />

package before you do the actual data reduction. Most s<strong>of</strong>tware companies will<br />

allow you to trial a package before you buy it. Third, remember that using a s<strong>of</strong>tware<br />

package to analyse qualitative data might lead to an unwitting emphasis on ‘word<br />

crunching’ and focusing on quantities <strong>of</strong> data in themes and categories as opposed<br />

to understanding the meaning, complexity and context <strong>of</strong> the data. Manual analysis,<br />

in short, is probably easier in the long run and allows you to get much closer to your<br />

qualitative data in all its complex, variegated and ambiguous glory.<br />

As an example, halme (2002) – whose research we discussed in Section 2 – used a<br />

qualitative data analysis package in her grounded theory research. She said this made<br />

it easier for her to follow all the various stages <strong>of</strong> coding and recoding this required<br />

because the s<strong>of</strong>tware speeded this process up. But she does emphasise that the<br />

package did not do the thinking for her and that she effectively used it in the same<br />

126 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

way as we might use a series <strong>of</strong> index cards to record codes, or coloured markers to<br />

highlight coded data on a hard copy transcript.<br />

Presenting Qualitative Data<br />

The presentation <strong>of</strong> qualitative data analysis is usually not just descriptive, as we have<br />

already argued. What follows are therefore some pointers to make your presentation<br />

meaningful. Some <strong>of</strong> these techniques are also useful for analysing data.<br />

• narrative and quotes<br />

As suggested above, this is the standard approach which can be found in<br />

the majority <strong>of</strong> publications based on qualitative research. The researcher<br />

here intersperses direct quotations from the data with indirect quotations<br />

summarising respondents’ feelings, behaviour and beliefs 31 . Theoretical<br />

conceptualisation – i.e., what these data say about the relevant literature<br />

and your research questions – may be presented at the same time or as a<br />

separate, subsequent chapter. however, in a 6000 word project, we strongly<br />

recommend that you present and analyse the data in the same chapter to cut<br />

down on length.<br />

• matrices<br />

here the researcher would use a spreadsheet where each respondent/<br />

group <strong>of</strong> respondents is presented on an individual row, and the columns<br />

would indicate particular themes or issues in the data. Each box would then<br />

summarise what each respondent/group had to say about each issue, perhaps<br />

with an indicative direct quotation or two.<br />

• diagrams and charts<br />

These could for example depict lines <strong>of</strong> travel around a workplace derived from<br />

observation data, an organisation structure or flow charts <strong>of</strong> work processes<br />

derived from interview or observation data. It might also be interesting to<br />

compare any such data with ‘<strong>of</strong>ficial’ documents where they exist – e.g., to<br />

the organisation structure as it appears in the Annual Report, for example.<br />

• causal networks<br />

These would trace independent and dependent variables and/or correlations<br />

between variables to show where the relationships exist and what the<br />

outcomes are, using pictures <strong>of</strong> these causal networks.<br />

31 Refer back to the guidance on referencing in Foundations <strong>of</strong> Management or<br />

your programme hand<strong>book</strong> for a reminder <strong>of</strong> what the difference is between direct<br />

and indirect quotations.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 127


• content analysis<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Content analysis, as we know, generates quantitative data for further analysis,<br />

which you might then want to present using traditionally quantitative<br />

techniques like bar charts, histograms, line graphs and scatter plots.<br />

Some Final Pointers on the Analysis <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Data<br />

These are worth bearing in mind as they will help in any analysis <strong>of</strong> this kind.<br />

Do You Need A Transcript?<br />

A transcript, as we established in Section 6, is a full and complete typed record <strong>of</strong> all<br />

<strong>of</strong> your interview tapes/digital recordings. So to produce a transcript you will need<br />

to have recorded the interviews themselves, unless you have very good shorthand!<br />

A good audio typist should be able to transcribe one hour <strong>of</strong> interview tape/digital<br />

recording in approximately four hours, and it will take someone who is less skilled<br />

much longer. If you choose to pay an audio typist to do your transcribing then this<br />

automatically breaches confidentiality as we have also suggested in Section 6.<br />

Producing a transcript yourself is also a good first step in qualitative data analysis<br />

anyway as you have to listen so carefully to what is being said, and it also means<br />

that your record <strong>of</strong> the data is complete. Nonetheless you may prefer to listen to the<br />

recordings and only transcribe certain sections for use in direct quotations whilst<br />

summarising the rest. Remember here to take down the numbers on the tape/digital<br />

counter whenever you decide to transcribe a particular section, so you can always<br />

find the relevant place in the data set. Transcribing machines also make the job <strong>of</strong><br />

transcribing easier as they come with headphones and a foot pedal which allows you<br />

to stop, pause, rewind and fast forward the recording without taking your fingers <strong>of</strong>f<br />

the keyboard.<br />

The Kolb Learning Cycle<br />

Analysing qualitative data can in many ways be likened to Kolb’s (1984) learning<br />

cycle. here you begin with a concrete experience (this is the actual data gathering),<br />

then move to reflective observation (where you familiarise yourself with the data),<br />

then to abstract conceptualisation (where you identify how the data relate to the<br />

existing literature) and <strong>final</strong>ly to active experimentation (where you check your<br />

analysis again to make sure it stands up and possibly, as suggested above, ask your<br />

respondents to comment on it as well). Active experimentation may suggest that you<br />

need to gather more data. hence you would return to the concrete experience stage<br />

<strong>of</strong> the cycle. Figure 8.1 below illustrates the process in diagrammatic form.<br />

128 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Figure 8.1: Kolb’s learning cycle as applied to qualitative data analysis<br />

How Do You Know? And So What?<br />

It is crucial that any data analysis, whether <strong>of</strong> primary or secondary data, quantitative<br />

or qualitative data, answers both <strong>of</strong> these questions. The first question requires<br />

that, when you make a claim about your data (e.g., ‘Many respondents thought X’),<br />

you substantiate it by direct reference to the relevant data themselves. The second<br />

question requires that you don’t just report or describe your data in this way, but that<br />

you also analyse them. In other words, this means that you must make the relevant<br />

links to the literature – do your data support, amend or contradict what is claimed<br />

there? – as well as suggesting what these data have to say about your research<br />

questions.<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 129


Summary<br />

PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

i) human beings have specific limitations as data analysts – you should try and<br />

avoid the resulting errors as far as possible.<br />

ii) Your strategy for analysing qualitative data should depend on the purpose <strong>of</strong><br />

your research. Is it descriptive, explanatory or exploratory?<br />

iii) Both deductive and inductive strategies have strengths and weaknesses, and<br />

there are variants <strong>of</strong> each. Content analysis can be used for both strategies.<br />

iv) S<strong>of</strong>tware is available for analysing qualitative data but should only be used<br />

when you are sure that you could not do the job just as well manually and/or<br />

with a basic word-processing or spreadsheet package.<br />

v) There are various ways to present qualitative data, the most conventional <strong>of</strong><br />

which is the summary narrative plus direct quotations form.<br />

vi) Finally, consider issues around transcripts, Kolb’s learning cycle and whether<br />

you can successfully demonstrate your claims about your data and then link<br />

them to your research questions and the relevant literature.<br />

References<br />

Bryman, A. and E. Bell (2007) Business Research Methods 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford<br />

<strong>University</strong> Press chapters 12, 22 and 23<br />

Easterby-Smith, M., R. Lowe and A. Thorpe (2008) Management Research 3 rd Edition.<br />

London: Sage chapter 8 (also see the first edition, 1991, for the full version <strong>of</strong> the<br />

content analysis coding sheet example give above)<br />

Glaser, B.G. (1978) Theoretical Sensitivity: Advances in the Methodology <strong>of</strong> Grounded<br />

Theory Mill Valley, California: Sociology Press<br />

Glaser, B.G. (1992) Basics <strong>of</strong> Grounded Theory Analysis Mill Valley, California: Sociology<br />

Press<br />

Glaser, B.G. and A.L. Strauss (1969) The Discovery <strong>of</strong> Grounded Theory: Strategies for<br />

Qualitative Research London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson<br />

halme, M. (2002) ‘Corporate environmental paradigms in shift: learning during the<br />

course <strong>of</strong> action at UPM-Kymmene’ Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studies 39(8):1087–1109<br />

Kolb, D.A. (1984) Experiential Learning: Experience As The Source <strong>of</strong> Learning and<br />

Development Englewood Cliffs, CA: Prentice hall<br />

130 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell pp. 386–389, chapter 14<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business Students<br />

5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 13<br />

Smart, S. (1994) The Nature <strong>of</strong> Strategic Change Towards Human Resource<br />

Management unpublished MBA dissertation, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Portsmouth<br />

Strauss, A.L. and Corbin, J. (1998) Basics <strong>of</strong> Qualitative Research 2 nd Edition. Thousand<br />

Oaks, California: Sage<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 131


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

132 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

section 9<br />

Writing Up Your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Management Project


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SECTION 9<br />

Writing Up Your Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />

Project<br />

Learning Outcomes<br />

having studied this section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong> you will be able to:<br />

• understand how important it is that your project is well written,<br />

and how you can achieve high standards in producing written<br />

text<br />

• identify the ‘dos’ and ‘don’t’s’ <strong>of</strong> good project writing practice<br />

• know where to go for additional help with your project.<br />

Introduction<br />

It is worth pointing out from the outset that most people who have grown up<br />

speaking English are more fluent when they speak than when they write. So the<br />

advice in this section applies to all <strong>of</strong> you, not just to those who speak and write<br />

English as a second (/third/fourth etc.) language. We will cover the importance <strong>of</strong><br />

good writing, <strong>of</strong>fer some advice on how to achieve it and point you in the direction<br />

<strong>of</strong> resources which provide additional assistance.<br />

The Importance <strong>of</strong> Good Writing In Your Project, and How to<br />

Achieve It<br />

Your project mark is entirely based on your written performance, so even those <strong>of</strong> you<br />

doing more quantitative research still need to be able to express yourselves clearly in<br />

writing. What you know is invisible to your assessors unless you can communicate<br />

it satisfactorily in writing. There is no oral examination/viva for Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Management Projects at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> School <strong>of</strong> Management.<br />

Writing well involves turning your ideas into a logical and credible argument – and as<br />

a form <strong>of</strong> communication it is very different from talking. In other words, when we<br />

talk to someone the other person can hear us but also has access to our expressions,<br />

gestures, tone, emphases etc. They can usually also ask for clarification. Readers<br />

cannot. So you need to ensure that your project is comprehensive, coherent and<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 133


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

persuasive. It should include all the relevant material as discussed in Section 1 (making<br />

it comprehensive). It should also be clearly structured, well argued and evidenced and<br />

focused on its subject matter (making it coherent). Finally, it needs to be sufficiently<br />

detailed to allow your assessors to see how you arrived at your conclusions and<br />

recommendations, and therefore to judge them (making it persuasive). Also refer<br />

back to Section 1 on what makes a good project, some <strong>of</strong> which will be repeated<br />

here.<br />

Learning to write well involves, first, reading others’ work. So think about academic<br />

authors whose work you find easy to read and understand, because it is accessible<br />

and logically structured. Then consider the techniques and approaches they use.<br />

Writing well is all about communicating clearly so you should try and learn from<br />

others’ successes (and indeed failures). Second you need to observe academic codes<br />

and conventions, like structuring every chapter using an introduction, discussion<br />

and summary format (earlier we called this ‘topping and tailing’), referencing all<br />

your sources properly, explaining technical concepts and so on. Third, you need to<br />

practise. The more you write – and the more notice you take <strong>of</strong> our suggestions and<br />

comments on your previous PDM assignments – the more you will improve.<br />

Another useful tip for putting together a really good <strong>final</strong> version <strong>of</strong> your project is<br />

to write up as you go. After all, “Writing is first and foremost analysing, revising<br />

and polishing the text. The idea that one can produce a ready-made text right away<br />

is just about as senseless as the cyclist who never had to restore his or her balance”<br />

(Alasuutari 1995:178). In other words, don’t start writing up shortly before you are<br />

due to submit the project proper. We suggested in Section 6 that by the time you get<br />

to what is usually called the ‘writing up’ stage, you should already have a full draft<br />

version <strong>of</strong> the project which you can then revisit, revise and pro<strong>of</strong>read as necessary.<br />

Drafting parts <strong>of</strong> the project as you go makes your life a lot easier when it comes to<br />

producing the <strong>final</strong> version.<br />

Something else you will undoubtedly experience during the writing <strong>of</strong> your project,<br />

perhaps at several points, is writer’s block. This is the feeling that you just can’t<br />

think <strong>of</strong> anything to say, the horror <strong>of</strong> the empty screen or page in front <strong>of</strong> you, a<br />

lack <strong>of</strong> motivation to start a new chapter or a redraft <strong>of</strong> an existing chapter. So here<br />

are some tips when you just can’t seem to get (re-)started. The first three ideas are to<br />

draft your contents page, type out your bibliography or type out the quotations<br />

(from the literature and/or from your data) which you plan to use in the project.<br />

All three <strong>of</strong> these tactics mean you have at least put pen to paper or fingers to<br />

keyboard as well as being useful tasks in and <strong>of</strong> themselves. Another idea is to draft<br />

a structure for the chapter you are trying to write. Then you can fill in the gaps<br />

under each section <strong>of</strong> the chapter. Another, which many famous authors <strong>of</strong> fiction<br />

use, is to set a target for words per day, write up to it then edit. In other words, just<br />

write until you hit your target and try not to edit as you go. Leave the editing process<br />

until after you have written the requisite number <strong>of</strong> words. Otherwise you may find<br />

yourself endlessly editing the first sentence until you think you’ve got it right, and<br />

never getting any further!<br />

134 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

You could also try speaking your ideas out loud, recording and transcribing them.<br />

This allows you to get something down on paper to work with and edit. A variation<br />

on this theme is to present your ideas to somebody else. Again you can record this<br />

presentation as well as getting feedback from the other person as to what makes<br />

sense, what doesn’t, what is omitted, what probably doesn’t need to be there and<br />

so on. Or try writing at a different time <strong>of</strong> day. Some <strong>of</strong> us find it easiest to write<br />

in the late afternoon and early evening. Other people are better at writing in the<br />

morning. Experiment to see when you tend to be most productive.<br />

Before we move on to some technical pointers for better writing, we want to say two<br />

more things. First, keep your research questions in mind throughout the writing<br />

process. As we have said with regard to taking notes for and writing up a literature<br />

review in Section 2, when writing any part <strong>of</strong> your project try to remember your<br />

research questions and therefore to ensure that everything that goes into the finished<br />

product has a direct bearing on those questions. In particular avoid packing your<br />

project with material that is only vaguely relevant. The temptation is always to put<br />

in everything that you have read in the subject-specific or methodology literature, or<br />

experienced whilst planning and carrying out your methodology, but this can lead<br />

to irrelevancies. Writing well is as much about what to leave out as what to include,<br />

especially as you only have 6000 words.<br />

Second, you also need to remember that the project is not just a literature review or<br />

a description <strong>of</strong> what is going on in a particular part <strong>of</strong> the world <strong>of</strong> management.<br />

So avoid simply writing up everything you know about organisational structure,<br />

organisational culture, relationship marketing, charismatic leadership, stress,<br />

productivity, employee motivation, the supply chain, auditing or whatever else, and/<br />

or just describing what your findings were. Remember, as established at several points<br />

in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>, academic research is about asking and answering questions<br />

via a combination <strong>of</strong> literature and primary/secondary data or a synthesis and/or<br />

evaluation <strong>of</strong> (different bodies <strong>of</strong>) literature.<br />

Now to some much more specific advice on writing.<br />

Some Technical Pointers, or the ‘Dos’ and ‘Don’ts’<br />

<strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />

This advice is given so that, if you follow it, your project will communicate as clearly<br />

as possible to your assessors. First, what should you make sure that you do when<br />

writing your project?<br />

The ‘Dos’ <strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />

Do make sure you provide a clear route map, and that you ‘top and tail’. As suggested<br />

in Section 1, a good project should provide a chapter-by-chapter overview or route<br />

map in the introduction so the assessors know what to expect. Each chapter should<br />

also begin with a short introduction telling the reader what the chapter will do,<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 135


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

and then end with a short conclusion summarising what has been done, as well as<br />

signalling what comes next (i.e., reminding the assessors <strong>of</strong> the route map).<br />

Do make sure you structure your project logically. You need to ensure that each and<br />

every point you make follows from the previous point so your argument is clearly<br />

structured. When you need to shift your discussion into a different topic area, try<br />

using constructions like ‘Moving on’ or ‘On a different issue’ at the start <strong>of</strong> the new<br />

point. This should also be the start <strong>of</strong> a new paragraph – see below. Also make<br />

sure you link the sections <strong>of</strong> the argument in each chapter together, so that your<br />

project is not just a series <strong>of</strong> unrelated observations. Linking points make your<br />

writing flow better and signal the way your argument is developing – e.g., ‘having<br />

discussed the phenomenon <strong>of</strong> X, I will now move to analyse the possible explanations<br />

for this phenomenon’. Subheadings help to clarify an unfolding structure and<br />

developments in the argument to an assessor as well – but don’t over-use them as<br />

very short subsections are irritating and distracting. Overall, then, make sure your<br />

work is well structured in terms <strong>of</strong> the internal logic <strong>of</strong> each paragraph as well as the<br />

links between paragraphs and subsections.<br />

Do pay attention to paragraphing. Students <strong>of</strong>ten tend to make their paragraphs too<br />

short, which gives projects a ‘bitty’, ‘fragmented’ feel. It is difficult to be prescriptive<br />

about paragraphing but the usual guidance is to end a paragraph when you have<br />

finished discussing a particular point. If you feel that your paragraph is getting too<br />

long (say more than ¾ <strong>of</strong> a page as a rough guide 32 , and you haven’t come to the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> your point yet, then break <strong>of</strong>f at a logical place and restart using a construction<br />

like ‘Moreover’, ‘Furthermore’, ‘Additionally’ etc. These sorts <strong>of</strong> constructions make it<br />

clear that you are still discussing the same issue.<br />

Do be careful about forms <strong>of</strong> language. Certain forms <strong>of</strong> language may send unwitting<br />

or unintentional messages – e.g., the use <strong>of</strong> gender-specific/exclusive language like<br />

‘he’, ‘him’, ‘his’ etc. This may be grammatically correct but it is <strong>of</strong>ten not empirically<br />

or politically correct! We prefer you to use gender-inclusive language like ‘he/she’<br />

or gender-neutral language (e.g., ‘they’) unless you are referring to someone whose<br />

gender you know or quoting someone who uses gender-specific language. Insensitive<br />

or outdated language should also be avoided – e.g., ‘person <strong>of</strong> colour’ is preferable<br />

to ‘coloured person’, as suggested in Section 5. And consider the use <strong>of</strong> terms like<br />

‘research subject’ when talking about those who took part in your research. Might<br />

this not signal that you ‘subjected’ them to something or that they are subordinate or<br />

inferior to you in some way? This connects back to our discussion <strong>of</strong> research ethics in<br />

Section 6. We would recommend the use <strong>of</strong> less problematic terms like ‘respondent’,<br />

‘informant’, ‘participant’ and so on.<br />

Do use either the first person or the third person, as illustrated in figure 9.1.<br />

32 Bear in mind that the text in the project needs to be at least 1.5 spaced as<br />

well, so this advice about paragraph length refers to the finished version <strong>of</strong> the text.<br />

The Project Guidelines give full details <strong>of</strong> required formatting.<br />

136 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

First person version Third person version<br />

My project focuses on … This project focuses on …<br />

I would argue that … It can be argued that …<br />

My interpretation <strong>of</strong> this concept is … One interpretation <strong>of</strong> this concept is …<br />

I conducted interviews with … The researcher conducted interviews<br />

with …<br />

My respondents suggested that … The respondents suggested that ...<br />

Figure 9.1: First person usage versus third person usage<br />

In the past, academic research was usually written up using the third person, as it<br />

is assumed to sound more objective – as if the piece is more than just someone’s<br />

opinion. But more recently the first person has become acceptable as well. So we<br />

would suggest choosing the approach with which you are most comfortable – i.e.,<br />

the usage you have chosen in your assignment writing or the writing you do for work.<br />

There are two additional things to remember here though. First, writing in the first<br />

person can sound too ‘chatty’, informal and colloquial if this approach is not used<br />

carefully. Your project is a formal piece <strong>of</strong> academic work and needs to be presented<br />

as such. Second, we would recommend that you use either the first person or the<br />

third person throughout your project as switching between them can be distracting<br />

for the assessors.<br />

Do be careful about the use <strong>of</strong> footnotes and endnotes. Notes are used to expand<br />

on an argument, to include material which might make the text seem unbalanced if<br />

it was included in the main body <strong>of</strong> the argument. Most word-processing packages<br />

allow you to insert footnotes (which appear at the base <strong>of</strong> the relevant page, as<br />

in this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>) and endnotes (which appear at the end <strong>of</strong> the document)<br />

automatically. however, as with appendices (see Section 1), try to keep notes to a<br />

minimum. If the material is really so important it probably belongs in the main body<br />

<strong>of</strong> the text. Also, always use either footnotes or endnotes throughout, not both.<br />

Do pay attention to the use <strong>of</strong> the past tense and the present tense. One academic<br />

convention is to use the present tense throughout (e.g. ‘Weber claims that’ not<br />

‘Weber claimed that’) except when writing up your methodology and data analysis<br />

where you should use the past tense (e.g. ‘I chose to use questionnaires’, ‘my data<br />

suggested that’). But these are not hard and fast rules, and it may be a matter <strong>of</strong> (a)<br />

what works for you; and (b) what makes the project most ‘readable’. In any case,<br />

please try to avoid swapping between tenses within chapters.<br />

Do cite all your sources. Remember to cite the sources <strong>of</strong> all the indirect and direct<br />

quotations you have used in the main body <strong>of</strong> the text. You also need to provide a<br />

full list <strong>of</strong> references/bibliography at the end <strong>of</strong> the project, before any appendices<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 137


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

– and don’t try and pad this out! Only list sources you have actually consulted,<br />

and remember that if the list seems excessively long then your assessors might get<br />

suspicious! Students also sometimes ask whether they should include sources in the<br />

list <strong>of</strong> references which they haven’t cited in the main text. If you really think that<br />

the source in question has informed your thinking then include it in the list. If not,<br />

leave it out. And, again, remember that lots <strong>of</strong> sources that don’t appear in the text<br />

but do appear in the list <strong>of</strong> references will be something which generates negative<br />

commentary from your assessors, because again it looks like padding.<br />

Do be careful about the use <strong>of</strong> direct quotations. Direct quotations prove you have<br />

read the source in question and allow assessors to see how competently you have<br />

used it. But don’t over-use direct quotations and certainly do not use lots and lots<br />

<strong>of</strong> long ones (anything above 40 words or so). Further, don’t make the mistake <strong>of</strong><br />

piling direct quotations on top <strong>of</strong> each other, so that one follows from another and<br />

then another with none <strong>of</strong> your own words in between. In fact the general rule is<br />

that, if you can say it just as well yourself, then don’t use a direct quotation. Use an<br />

indirect one instead. In general we are interested in your interpretations <strong>of</strong> other<br />

people’s ideas and lots <strong>of</strong> direct quotations don’t really allow us to see how well you<br />

understand the material you have used. IN ANY CASE, MAKE SURE ThAT YOU PROVIDE<br />

AN APPROPRIATE REFERENCE WhEN YOU ARE QUOTING DIRECTLY FROM A SOURCE<br />

TEXT (AS WELL AS USING QUOTATION MARKS TO DENOTE ThE RELEVANT PASSAGE)<br />

AND REMEMBER ThAT INDIRECT QUOTATIONS ALSO NEED TO BE REFERENCED. MORE<br />

ON ThIS ISSUE BELOW IN ThE DISCUSSION OF PLAGIARISM. You might also want<br />

to indent longer direct quotations and/or present them using single spacing to<br />

enhance readability.<br />

Do cross-reference where necessary. In other words, you should do what we have<br />

been doing throughout this <strong>book</strong> – signal to the reader where something will be<br />

discussed in more detail or from another angle later in the project, and refer back to<br />

previous discussion to remind them <strong>of</strong> an argument where necessary.<br />

And now to the things you should avoid doing in your writing!<br />

The ‘Don’ts’ <strong>of</strong> Writing a Project<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> these should be obvious from what we have already said. As with the ‘dos’<br />

above, they also apply to other academic assignments.<br />

Don’t provide an unclear or inadequate outline <strong>of</strong> your research questions. Make<br />

sure that your project clearly spells out your research questions and why you are<br />

asking them in the introduction, and makes appropriate reference to these questions<br />

and justifications in later chapters where necessary. If the assessors aren’t clear on<br />

what your focus is from the outset, and why this focus has been chosen, this will have<br />

a negative impact on your mark.<br />

Don’t commit the errors <strong>of</strong> poor referencing or plagiarism. Plagiarism can be from<br />

published texts <strong>of</strong> whatever sort (including Internet sources) or from other students’<br />

work. AS YOU KNOW BY NOW, EIThER WAY IT WILL ATTRACT A FAILING MARK. MAKE<br />

138 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

SURE YOU REFERENCE PROPERLY AND REMEMBER ThAT, IF YOU DON’T UNDERSTAND<br />

A PARTICULAR TEXT, ThEN YOU NEED TO PUT MORE EFFORT INTO READING IT AND/<br />

OR TO DISCUSS IT WITh A TUTOR ON BLACKBOARD. DON’T JUST COPY ChUNKS OF IT<br />

OUT. WE WILL IDENTIFY PLAGIARISM AND IT WILL LEAD TO A FAILING MARK – PLEASE<br />

BE WARNED! Equally, inconsistent or incomplete referencing will also affect your<br />

mark – and not in a good way!<br />

Don’t ‘jump around’. This means writing in a series <strong>of</strong> disconnected points so the<br />

reader cannot see how the argument or the storyline <strong>of</strong> the project builds. You<br />

should be telling a coherent narrative.<br />

Don’t make unsupported claims or <strong>of</strong>fer too much personal experience as evidence.<br />

If you make a claim about something – e.g. ‘Money is the best motivational tool<br />

managers have available’ – then you need to be able to provide evidence <strong>of</strong> this claim.<br />

Evidence can be from theory, from empirical data (your own or someone else’s) or<br />

your personal experience. however, don’t overuse your own experience as this makes<br />

a project sound too anecdotal – i.e., like a series <strong>of</strong> personal stories as opposed to a<br />

properly researched piece <strong>of</strong> academic work. Concrete, ‘real life’ examples <strong>of</strong> what<br />

you mean are also good – e.g., a description <strong>of</strong> how a financial incentive scheme at<br />

Organisation X raised productivity by 100% in less than six months, as discussed by<br />

Author Y (2006) to illustrate the above claim about money as a motivator. In general,<br />

when you make a claim, always ask yourself ‘how do I know this is the case?’ and<br />

provide the relevant evidence. Also make sure that the evidence you provide fits the<br />

claim you are making!<br />

Don’t overstate the case, neglect the other side <strong>of</strong> the argument or ignore<br />

critiques. Overstating the case or neglecting the other side <strong>of</strong> the argument are both<br />

problematic as most if not all topics in the management literature are characterised<br />

by controversy and disagreement. We touched on this issue in Section 2. So try not<br />

to exaggerate the strength <strong>of</strong> one particular way <strong>of</strong> understanding an issue – avoid<br />

presenting it as definitive. here is an example <strong>of</strong> what we mean:<br />

’Effective organisational learning is the most important source <strong>of</strong><br />

corporate success’<br />

versus<br />

‘Effective organisational learning is widely regarded as an important<br />

source <strong>of</strong> corporate success’<br />

The first claim exaggerates the importance <strong>of</strong> organisational learning – the second is<br />

more accurate and nuanced.<br />

In terms <strong>of</strong> ignoring critiques, and again because <strong>of</strong> the discussion and debate that<br />

exist in nearly all areas <strong>of</strong> the academic literature on management, try not to present<br />

one author or one perspective as if they are in some way the ‘Gold Standard’. An<br />

example here is the way in which a lot <strong>of</strong> management students we have come<br />

across use the work <strong>of</strong> Geert h<strong>of</strong>stede on cross-cultural differences in organisational<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 139


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

behaviour. As we suggested in Section 2 h<strong>of</strong>stede is one <strong>of</strong> the key authors in this<br />

area <strong>of</strong> the literature. however, the mistake students <strong>of</strong>ten make is to present his<br />

work as if it is the be-all-and-end-all, as if there is nothing else to say on the subject.<br />

There is no problem at all with a project that makes a lot <strong>of</strong> use <strong>of</strong> h<strong>of</strong>stede – but it<br />

would need to acknowledge that his ideas are very controversial and widely criticised,<br />

as well as to make a robust case as to why the student in question has chosen to use<br />

his work.<br />

Don’t say too little. This <strong>of</strong>ten happens when students try to fit too much into their<br />

word limit, and don’t explain key points fully enough. Assessors then have to read<br />

between the lines and guess at what you mean, which will affect your mark. Don’t<br />

leave arguments ‘hanging in mid-air’. Make sure all your points are appropriately<br />

developed so that they are clear. As we have said above, writing well means knowing<br />

what to leave out as well as what to include, and the key balance is between breadth<br />

and depth <strong>of</strong> coverage.<br />

Don’t include irrelevant material. Relatedly, everything that goes in should have<br />

some bearing on your research questions (as we have also said above). It should<br />

be part <strong>of</strong> the unfolding story which we talked about in Section 1. Make sure your<br />

assessors are never left wondering why you are talking about a specific issue.<br />

Don’t write in an informal style or use inappropriate language. Avoid using slang<br />

or colloquialisms. Avoid overusing contractions like ‘don’t’ and ‘didn’t’. Avoid<br />

writing in a chatty or informal way as if you were writing an e-mail or text to a friend.<br />

Finally, avoid using sexist, racist or homophobic language (etc.) – unless <strong>of</strong> course you<br />

are quoting another author or a respondent who uses these kinds <strong>of</strong> constructions.<br />

Don’t use jargon without defining it. If you are using technical terms or jargon which<br />

belong to a specific area <strong>of</strong> the academic literature, and would not be understood by<br />

someone who is not familiar with this literature, then you need to define these terms.<br />

Otherwise we don’t know whether you understand them or not. The trick here is to<br />

write for an intelligent layperson – i.e., someone who is not an expert in the area<br />

but will understand the relevant issues if they are carefully explained. As assessors we<br />

will <strong>of</strong> course be familiar with the material you are discussing, but what we want to<br />

see is that you understand it.<br />

Don’t overwrite. Effective communication is about being clear, concise and crisp.<br />

Although some academics use very complex and lengthy sentences and extremely<br />

flowery and elaborate language, this does not mean that academic work needs to<br />

have these characteristics. An example <strong>of</strong> overwriting follows:<br />

“While it is true that researchers have illusions <strong>of</strong> academic grandeur<br />

when they sit down to write their project report, and who can blame<br />

them because they have had to demonstrate skills and resilience to get<br />

to this point in their studies, they nonetheless must consider that writing<br />

a project is an exercise in communication and nobody likes reading lots<br />

<strong>of</strong> ideas which are expressed in such a confusing and pretentious way<br />

140 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

that nobody can understand them, let alone the poor tutor who has to<br />

plough through it all to try and make some sense <strong>of</strong> it.”<br />

Phew!! This is an instance <strong>of</strong> using sentences which are much too long. What follows<br />

is much more carefully expressed:<br />

“Researchers have illusions <strong>of</strong> academic grandeur when they write their<br />

project report. This is understandable. They have demonstrated skill<br />

and resilience to reach this point in their studies. however, writing a<br />

project is an exercise in communication. Nobody likes confusing and<br />

pretentious writing which is difficult to understand. We should pity any<br />

tutor who has to make sense <strong>of</strong> it.”<br />

This is a much clearer rendition <strong>of</strong> the same points – and cuts up one sentence into<br />

six. A tip to avoid very lengthy sentences is to read your work out loud. The points at<br />

which you need to breathe are usually where a full stop/period is needed.<br />

Don’t skimp on your research. Not reading enough, whether it’s subject-specific or<br />

methodological literature, makes your argument weak, as does overrelying on some<br />

sources – plus it looks lazy!<br />

Don’t write a conclusion that contradicts your main discussion. Make sure your<br />

conclusion doesn’t contradict the discussion in the preceding chapters. We have seen<br />

lots <strong>of</strong> examples where project conclusions reflect what the student wanted to find<br />

as opposed to what their research actually found. Inappropriate generalisations<br />

from a non-representative sample should also be avoided, as should sweeping and<br />

unrealistic recommendations which are not substantiated by your data (also refer<br />

back to Sections 1, 7 and 8).<br />

Don’t submit a project which contains typographical errors. An untidy project with<br />

lots <strong>of</strong> errors will not achieve a good mark. Make sure your plan leaves time for you<br />

to pro<strong>of</strong>read the project yourself (again reading out loud helps) or to get someone<br />

else to do it (as long as this is all they are doing – they shouldn’t be advising you on<br />

content). Also<br />

1. check to see that you have followed all the formatting instructions in the<br />

Project Guidelines;<br />

2. try to ensure your title is (a) relevant to the project, (b) informative in terms<br />

<strong>of</strong> letting assessors know what to expect and (c) exciting/attention grabbing;<br />

3. check your contents list to make sure it’s comprehensive and accurate;<br />

4. check to make sure all the pages are in numerical order;<br />

5. do a spellcheck and a grammar check;<br />

6. and, <strong>final</strong>ly, check your referencing.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 141


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Don’t write too many words or too few. here are some ballpark figures for each<br />

chapter:<br />

introduction: 750 words<br />

literature review: 1500 words<br />

methodology: 1500 words<br />

data analysis: 1500 words<br />

conclusions, recommendations and reflections: 750 words<br />

We mean what we say when we use the term ‘ballpark’. Remember that a project<br />

should be 6000 words long, but that you are permitted 10% leeway above and below<br />

this figure (i.e., from 5400 words to 6600 words as a minimum and maximum). So<br />

the figures above should be seen from this point <strong>of</strong> view. Some projects will also look<br />

rather different from this set <strong>of</strong> figures for word count per chapter depending on<br />

their subject matter. however, very long or very short projects will always attract poor<br />

marks. Anything preceding the introduction (e.g., your executive summary/abstract)<br />

and anything following the reflections section (e.g., appendices and bibliography)<br />

are not part <strong>of</strong> the word count. But remember that this does not mean you should<br />

dump lots <strong>of</strong> material in the appendices because you can’t fit it in the main text!<br />

To sum up, what follows is a very rough guide to what we regard as some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

major, medium, minor and trivial ‘sins’ in a project. We will take account <strong>of</strong> any such<br />

sins in our marking, but obviously lots <strong>of</strong> major sins are likely to have a much more<br />

negative impact on your mark than a few minor sins:<br />

Major sins: reproduction <strong>of</strong> others’ words and ideas without acknowledgement (i.e.,<br />

plagiarism); project is not clearly focused; project is incoherent, badly written and/<br />

or poorly structured; project demonstrates inadequate engagement with relevant<br />

literature, both subject-specific and methodological; project is one-sided; project is<br />

derivative or uncritical; project contains extremely poor or no referencing; project<br />

omits or neglects key components (e.g., methodology).<br />

Medium sins: significant omissions from the references, or referencing is inconsistent;<br />

project is not spellchecked – there are a considerable number <strong>of</strong> incorrectly spelt<br />

words; project is poorly structured.<br />

Minor sins: project is poorly punctuated; project contains some misspellings; project<br />

omits some references.<br />

Trivial sins: project contains a few misspellings; project demonstrates some poor<br />

punctuation; project uses et al. in the list <strong>of</strong> references when all authors should be<br />

given at this stage.<br />

142 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

And, <strong>final</strong>ly, where else can you go for support with your project, including writing<br />

it up?<br />

Other Sources <strong>of</strong> Advice and Information on<br />

Writing Your Project<br />

here are some more sources <strong>of</strong> help with regard to writing up your project. The<br />

first is the ULSM assignment writing guidelines which you should be familiar<br />

with by now. You can find these at: http://www.le.ac.uk/ulmc/existingstudents/<br />

assignwritingguidelines.<strong>pdf</strong>. Check these out for guidance on preparing, writing and<br />

referencing assignments (including the project) correctly. Some <strong>of</strong> it is material we<br />

have adapted for this section, but some <strong>of</strong> it will be new to you. Second, at http://<br />

www2.le.ac.uk/<strong>of</strong>fices/ssds/sd you will find the home page <strong>of</strong> Student Development<br />

at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong>. There are all sorts <strong>of</strong> useful resources here on writing,<br />

studying and researching.<br />

The Project Guidelines – <strong>of</strong> course – should be read, digested and committed to<br />

memory. To remind you, the Guidelines can be found on the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Management<br />

Project site on <strong>Blackboard</strong>. Also on <strong>Blackboard</strong>, as noted earlier, you will find the<br />

project Discussion Boards. Just as with the other <strong>module</strong>s you have studied during<br />

your Diploma programme, there are discussion boards where you can ask questions<br />

<strong>of</strong> a ULSM tutor relating to issues about your project. This is how you receive your<br />

project supervision. The boards are as divided by topic area follows:<br />

Accounting and Finance<br />

Marketing<br />

Management (incorporating Strategy, Organisational Behaviour and<br />

hRM)<br />

Now, some tips about how to play nicely on the discussion boards:<br />

1. Read the Project Guidelines and this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong> before posting – so you<br />

know basically what we expect and what you need to do. Also check other<br />

posts on the board to see if your question has already been answered.<br />

2. Be clear and succinct – keep your posts short and sweet (no more than 500<br />

words) and don’t ask the tutor to read draft chapters or sections <strong>of</strong> chapters,<br />

as we are not able to <strong>of</strong>fer this service.<br />

3. Choose the right board – in other words if you are doing a Marketing project<br />

then choose the Marketing board. Otherwise the tutor may redirect you to<br />

another board. Please also do not post to more than one board.<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 143


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

4. Do not begin work on your project proper until you have discussed it with a<br />

tutor via one <strong>of</strong> the boards. Equally, do not begin work on your data collection<br />

until you have received tutor approval for your proposal via the board, as<br />

discussed in Section 6.<br />

5. Remember this is not a confirmation process – tutors will comment on your<br />

ideas, <strong>of</strong>fer support and advice and approve your proposal but you should<br />

not assume any <strong>of</strong> this means your project will receive a passing mark. It<br />

is up to you to take the feedback you are given and turn it into a decent<br />

submission.<br />

6. If posting to a discussion board for the first time the minimum information we<br />

expect from you is the research questions you want to ask, the subject-specific<br />

literature you plan to use and an outline <strong>of</strong> your proposed methodology if<br />

relevant. If you don’t supply this information it <strong>of</strong>ten means that the tutor<br />

can’t answer your question.<br />

7. Observe the three working days rule – we guarantee a response on the<br />

board to your query within three UK working days (i.e., Monday to Friday),<br />

unless the tutor has notified you via the board that they are away for a period<br />

<strong>of</strong> time (see point 8 below). Please do not ‘hassle’ the tutor for a response<br />

unless this time period has elapsed.<br />

8. Don’t post when the tutor has asked you not to – tutors need holidays too.<br />

At times they will ask students not to post to a board while they take a wellearned<br />

break, so they don’t return to piles and piles <strong>of</strong> posts. This is especially<br />

likely during the UK summer or at Christmas. however where possible we will<br />

arrange cover for a board during tutor holidays.<br />

9. Don’t try to take discussions <strong>of</strong>f the board or spam tutors – we will not<br />

respond to spam e-mails sent using the BB communication function, and will<br />

simply redirect you to the relevant board. Also unless there is a very good<br />

reason we will only provide supervisory assistance on BB, not by individual<br />

e-mail. This is because students <strong>of</strong>ten ask the same question and it makes<br />

much more sense for everyone to be able to see a discussion thread on that<br />

basis.<br />

Finally, remember that all ULSM tutors mark many student research projects every<br />

year. So the clearer, more enjoyable and more interesting your project is, the better<br />

your mark will be. A tip is to ask a friend to read your executive summary/abstract or<br />

your introduction to see if it inspires them to read further …<br />

Best <strong>of</strong> luck with your project!<br />

144 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

� Key Reading<br />

� Tasks<br />

Summary<br />

You should now visit <strong>Blackboard</strong> to identify the key reading from<br />

the companion text<strong>book</strong> and to complete the tasks for this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>module</strong>. You may also wish to discuss these tasks with the<br />

tutor and other students on the relevant <strong>module</strong> support forum, but<br />

do remember that others may be progressing through the <strong>module</strong><br />

either more slowly or more quickly than you. Additional support<br />

material for this section can be found in the same section <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>Blackboard</strong> <strong>module</strong> site.<br />

1. Writing well means being comprehensive, coherent and persuasive.<br />

2. You can learn to write well by reading others’ work, following academic codes<br />

and practising.<br />

3. Write up your project as you go.<br />

4. Keeping your research questions in mind is extremely important.<br />

5. Also pay attention to technicalities like paragraphing and forms <strong>of</strong> language.<br />

6. There is a long list <strong>of</strong> ‘don’t’s’ in projects such as not defining the jargon you<br />

use and overwriting.<br />

7. Don’t forget to consult the ULSM Assignment Writing Guidelines, the Student<br />

Learning Centre resources and the Project Guidelines, as well as posting any<br />

queries about your project to the relevant BB discussion board.<br />

8. Remember to keep your assessors entertained!<br />

References<br />

The following are the sources which were used to compile this section. Chapters<br />

or excerpts are specified to suggest material which should be especially relevant to<br />

issues covered in the section.<br />

Alasuutari, P. (1995) Researching Culture: Qualitative Method and Cultural Studies<br />

London: Sage<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 145


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

Blaxter, L., C. hughes and M. Tight (2001) How To Research 2 nd Edition. Buckingham:<br />

Open <strong>University</strong> Press chapter 8<br />

Robson, C. (2002) Real World Research: A Resource for Social Scientists and<br />

Practitioner-Researchers 2 nd Edition. Oxford: Blackwell chapter 15<br />

Saunders, M., P. Lewis and A. Thornhill (2009) Research Methods for Business<br />

Students 5 th Edition. harlow: Financial Times Prentice hall chapter 14, appendix 4<br />

(pp. 584–586)<br />

146 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management<br />

aPPenDix 1<br />

Doing a Theoretical Project


Pr<strong>of</strong>essional management Project<br />

school <strong>of</strong> management


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

APPENDIX 1<br />

Doing a Theoretical Project<br />

As we have stated already, in our experience most students <strong>of</strong> management opt to<br />

do an empirical project, dissertation or thesis to achieve their qualifications. It is<br />

important to remember that using secondary data – i.e., data that has been collected<br />

by someone else but is available to you, such as market reports, government census<br />

data or organisational data like financial accounts or absence statistics – is still<br />

empirical research. In other words, it involves using someone else’s data to answer<br />

the research questions you have posed. As such projects which only use secondary<br />

data should be structured like a standard empirical project as outlined in Section 1 <strong>of</strong><br />

this <strong>module</strong> <strong>book</strong>.<br />

however, some <strong>of</strong> you may prefer to undertake a theoretical project, sometimes<br />

referred to as a library or desk-based project. We have provided the following guidance<br />

for those who decide to go down this route. Please remember the following before<br />

you embark on this kind <strong>of</strong> project:<br />

1. Doing a theoretical project is not an easy option. Indeed it is <strong>of</strong>ten more<br />

straightforward to choose an empirical project. This is because working with<br />

empirical data usually makes it easier to say something new about a subject<br />

area as opposed to simply rehashing what the relevant academic literature<br />

suggests about that subject area. Remember that research is about answering<br />

questions, seeking clarification on things we are not sure about and clearing<br />

up gaps in the breadth or certainty <strong>of</strong> our knowledge about the social world.<br />

The term ‘research’ actually implies uncertainty. It does not involve telling the<br />

reader something that they already know, or could find out if they read the<br />

relevant literature for themselves.<br />

2. Relatedly, doing a theoretical project means you have to summarise the<br />

existing literature(/s) in a subject area(/s) in a way that adds something to<br />

that literature. A straightforward literature review where you simply tell us<br />

about the key arguments and debates is not sufficient. You must evaluate the<br />

literature as it stands and/or synthesise (bring together) more than one body<br />

<strong>of</strong> literature to see what one can add to the other or where there might be<br />

similar or different sorts <strong>of</strong> claims being made.<br />

3. It is equally important to check your initial ideas out on the relevant <strong>Blackboard</strong><br />

project discussion board when pursuing a theoretical project as it would be if<br />

you had chosen to do an empirical research project. And you are still required<br />

to submit a one page research proposal in this case as well.<br />

4. If you undertake a theoretical project, then the outcome should be a series<br />

<strong>of</strong> recommendations for further academic research as opposed to practical<br />

recommendations for organisational change or managerial initiatives as in<br />

many empirical projects. The idea is to look for gaps, weaknesses, problems<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 147


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

or biases in the existing literature – to undertake a critical analysis – in order<br />

to lay the ground for future research.<br />

5. Theoretical projects demand that you provide a very thorough review <strong>of</strong><br />

the existing literature/s. In a standard Diploma empirical project, the three<br />

substantive chapters – literature review, methodology and data analysis –<br />

should come in at somewhere around 1500 words each. For a theoretical<br />

project, these three chapters become an extended literature review, divided<br />

appropriately, and running to a total <strong>of</strong> some 4500 words. This means that<br />

you will need to read more <strong>of</strong> the existing literature than you would if you<br />

were doing empirical research.<br />

Some possible routes for theoretical projects might include one or a combination <strong>of</strong><br />

the routes below:<br />

• An analysis which suggests that the existing literature is dominated by<br />

commentary which focuses on one particular part <strong>of</strong> the world. It is common,<br />

for example, for management literature to be written by academics from the<br />

Global North, about issues in the Global North, using data from the Global<br />

North. Thus organisational and management issues which are specific to<br />

the Global South are relatively under-discussed. This might also mean that<br />

management theories and concepts which are not applicable to the Global<br />

South are being taught and disseminated there even though they do not ‘fit’<br />

properly.<br />

• An analysis which suggests that the existing literature on a specific topic<br />

is dominated by a particular methodology – for example, the use <strong>of</strong> selfadministered<br />

questionnaires on representative samples – which might <strong>of</strong>fer<br />

a one-sided view <strong>of</strong> the topic being investigated. This might then lead into<br />

an analysis which proposes that a more qualitative, open-ended, nonrepresentative<br />

strategy could bring different aspects <strong>of</strong> the topic to light.<br />

• An analysis which establishes other conceptual or empirical gaps in a body <strong>of</strong><br />

literature. For example, there is a large body <strong>of</strong> literature on work-life balance,<br />

but the vast majority <strong>of</strong> this literature concentrates on how the struggle to<br />

manage this intersection is something that mainly affects women and/or<br />

parents. There is very little which focuses on men and/or those who have<br />

other sorts <strong>of</strong> dependents – e.g., elderly parents – and/or other life interests<br />

and commitments. This has the effect <strong>of</strong> narrowing discussions <strong>of</strong> work-life<br />

balance initiatives and recommendations, as if only a specific proportion <strong>of</strong><br />

the workforce worldwide are trying to juggle ‘work’ and ‘life’.<br />

• An analysis which brings together or synthesises more than one body <strong>of</strong><br />

literature with the intention <strong>of</strong> suggesting what one set <strong>of</strong> theories or claims<br />

might add to or have to say about the other, or to establish that there might<br />

be more common ground between two competing camps than has at first<br />

been thought. A similar strategy is to compare an emerging literature against<br />

a body <strong>of</strong> thought which it claims to replace or improve upon. An example <strong>of</strong><br />

148 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

this strategy is the commentary on human Resource Management during the<br />

1990s which suggested that it was either something genuinely new or in fact<br />

that it was not very different from old-style personnel management and was<br />

therefore a case <strong>of</strong> ‘old wine in new bottles’.<br />

here are some examples <strong>of</strong> published theoretical research papers by School <strong>of</strong><br />

Management faculty. They are provided to illustrate what we mean by saying<br />

something new about, evaluating or synthesising existing literature/s. We suggest<br />

you read some or all <strong>of</strong> these papers yourself to get a better sense <strong>of</strong> what theoretical<br />

research entails.<br />

Brewis, J. (2001) ‘Foucault, politics and organizations: (re)-constructing sexual<br />

harassment’, Gender, Work and Organization 8(1):37–60<br />

here Jo Brewis evaluates the academic literature on workplace sexual harassment.<br />

She uses the ideas <strong>of</strong> the French philosopher Michel Foucault, who argues that<br />

various forms <strong>of</strong> knowledge – like academic literature – combine to provide ideas,<br />

norms and frameworks which we as human beings use as a guide in how we live<br />

our lives. In other words, Foucault suggests that knowledge has ‘power effects’ – it<br />

is powerful in constructing the ways we understand ourselves and each other. Jo<br />

argues, on this basis, that the existing literature on/knowledge <strong>of</strong> sexual harassment<br />

might have several unintended consequences which actually serve to reproduce<br />

harassment in the workplace, instead <strong>of</strong> helping to eliminate it. For example, she<br />

suggests that the argument in the literature that women are the helpless victims <strong>of</strong><br />

sexual harassment, whereas men are the aggressive perpetrators, serves to reproduce<br />

the prevailing assumption that men should initiate sexual contact – almost to the<br />

extent <strong>of</strong> suggesting that women are so sexually passive that they can’t even fight<br />

back when they are being harassed. here then Jo evaluates the literature on sexual<br />

harassment by using Foucault’s arguments. So she is also synthesising two literatures<br />

– bringing Foucault’s ideas to bear on the harassment literature.<br />

Dunne, S. (2008) ‘Corporate social responsibility and the value <strong>of</strong> corporate<br />

moral pragmatism’ Culture and Organization 14(2):135–149<br />

Stephen Dunne starts by suggesting that academic discussions <strong>of</strong> Corporate Social<br />

Responsibility (CSR) increasingly focus on what CSR should be – what it should look<br />

like in practice – as opposed to discussing whether it should be/exist – i.e., is it a<br />

good idea at all? his paper then goes on to ask whether this pragmatic focus on<br />

how we should go about doing CSR is something that should be welcomed. Stephen<br />

evaluates the central CSR claim that corporations can be regarded as moral actors<br />

or as having a moral ‘personhood’, rather like individual people. he contrasts the<br />

work <strong>of</strong> Milton Friedman – who opposes this claim – to the work <strong>of</strong> those who<br />

accept it. Stephen suggests that those in the latter camp, who support the idea<br />

<strong>of</strong> CSR, tend to discuss how to operationalise it (i.e., to define and/or put it into<br />

practice), rather than engaging properly with Friedman’s critique. however, Stephen<br />

also states this is not necessarily because he agrees with Friedman. Instead he argues,<br />

using Nietzsche and hanlon, that a proper critique <strong>of</strong> Friedman must also critique his<br />

fervent belief in free market capitalism – which the advocates <strong>of</strong> CSR seem reluctant<br />

SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT 149


PROFESSIONAL MANAGEMENT PROJECT<br />

to do. Thus these advocates are closer to Friedman than it may at first appear. here<br />

then Stephen suggests that these two apparently opposing camps actually share<br />

some common ground, and he also highlights areas that still need to be addressed<br />

in CSR commentary. Again then he is both evaluating the CSR literature and also to<br />

some extent synthesising its different camps.<br />

Parker, M. (1999) ‘Capitalism, subjectivity and ethics: debating labour process<br />

analysis’ Organization Studies 20(1):25–45<br />

In this paper Martin Parker tries to establish whether there might be any similarities<br />

between two competing versions <strong>of</strong> organisational analysis. The first is labour process<br />

theory, which is broadly Marxist. Labour process theory believes in an essential<br />

human nature and the possibility <strong>of</strong> universal human freedom. It is rooted in a<br />

critique <strong>of</strong> work arrangements under capitalism as alienating and exploitative. The<br />

second is poststructuralist analysis which does not believe in essential human nature<br />

or universal human freedom. Poststructuralism asks us instead to reflect upon the<br />

way that we currently organise the world around us (e.g., capitalism) in order to seek<br />

out the alternatives – which may or may not be preferable to the ones currently in<br />

place. Martin identifies the key differences and similarities between theorists in these<br />

camps and concludes by suggesting that the common ground they might share has<br />

to do with ethics. In other words, both camps challenge what ‘is’ and debate what<br />

‘ought to be’ instead in the organisational context. Again then Martin is evaluating<br />

claims from each body <strong>of</strong> literature but also synthesising them. Like Stephen Dunne’s<br />

analysis, this is an interesting strategy because there is at first glance much more<br />

disagreement between these two camps than agreement.<br />

150 SChOOL OF MANAGEMENT


© <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Leicester</strong> 2009<br />

<strong>Leicester</strong> LE1 7RH<br />

UK<br />

www.le.ac.uk

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!